Bill Text: IL HB2170 | 2019-2020 | 101st General Assembly | Enrolled
Bill Title: Amends the School Code. Requires the State Board of Education to annually assess all public school students entering kindergarten. Creates the Whole Child Task Force to establish an equitable, inclusive, safe, and supportive environment in all schools for every student in this State. Amends the Early Intervention Services System Act. Makes changes concerning eligibility requirements for early intervention services. Creates the Data Governance and Organization to Support Equity and Racial Justice Act. Requires the Office of the Governor and the Department of Innovation and Technology to jointly establish an organization and governance that is responsible for certain data collection processes. Requires the State Board of Education and specified departments to submit a report detailing the statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants for each major program administered by the State Board of Education or the respective department to the General Assembly. Amends the Medical Assistance Article of the Illinois Public Aid Code to make changes concerning the diagnostic code for behavioral health services for children ages 5 and under. Amends the School Code and the Board of Higher Education Act concerning high school coursework. Amends the School Code concerning computer science courses. Amends the Gifted and Talented Children Article of the School Code. Provides that a school district's accelerated placement policy shall allow for the automatic enrollment, in the following school term, of a high school student into the next most rigorous level of advanced coursework offered by the high school if the student meets or exceeds State standards in English language arts, mathematics, or science on a State assessment. Further amends the School Code. Requires the Illinois P-20 Council to make recommendations for short-term and long-term learning recovery actions for public school students in this State in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. Requires the State Board of Education to establish a Freedom School network. Subject to appropriation, requires the State Board of Education to establish and implement a grant program to provide grants to public schools, public community colleges, and not-for-profit, community-based organizations to facilitate improved educational outcomes for Black students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12. Makes changes concerning the evidence-based funding formula. Creates the Developmental Education Reform Act. Sets forth provisions concerning the placement of a student in introductory college-level English language or mathematics coursework. Amends the Educator Licensure Article of the School Code to make changes relating to the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for Teachers and the Illinois Teaching Excellence Program. Amends the Higher Education Student Assistance Act with respect to the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship program and the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Amends the School Code to make changes concerning the State Board of Education's social science learning standards, an Inclusive American History Commission, and the Black History unit of instruction. Requires the State Board of Education to issue a request to school districts to submit proposals to obtain funding to support professional development for educators and others working with young people in schools. Makes other changes. Effective immediately.
Spectrum: Partisan Bill (Democrat 29-0)
Status: (Enrolled - Dead) 2021-01-14 - Added as Alternate Chief Co-Sponsor Sen. Robert Peters [HB2170 Detail]
Download: Illinois-2019-HB2170-Enrolled.html
| |||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | AN ACT concerning education.
| ||||||
2 | Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
| ||||||
3 | represented in the General Assembly:
| ||||||
4 | Article 5. | ||||||
5 | Section 5-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
6 | 2-3.64a-10 and by changing Section 27A-5 as follows:
| ||||||
7 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.64a-10 new) | ||||||
8 | Sec. 2-3.64a-10. Kindergarten assessment. | ||||||
9 | (a) For the purposes of this Section, "kindergarten" | ||||||
10 | includes both full-day and
half-day kindergarten programs. | ||||||
11 | (b) Beginning no later than the 2021-2022 school year, the | ||||||
12 | State Board
of Education shall annually assess all public | ||||||
13 | school students entering kindergarten using a common | ||||||
14 | assessment tool, unless the State Board determines that a | ||||||
15 | student is otherwise exempt. The common assessment tool must | ||||||
16 | assess multiple developmental domains, including literacy, | ||||||
17 | language, mathematics, and social and emotional development. | ||||||
18 | The assessment must be valid, reliable, and developmentally | ||||||
19 | appropriate to formatively assess a child's development and | ||||||
20 | readiness for kindergarten. | ||||||
21 | (c) Results from the assessment may be used by the school | ||||||
22 | to understand the child's development and readiness for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | kindergarten, to tailor instruction, and to measure the child's | ||||||
2 | progress over time. Assessment results may also be used to | ||||||
3 | identify a need for the professional development of teachers | ||||||
4 | and early childhood educators and to inform State-level and | ||||||
5 | district-level policies and resource allocation. | ||||||
6 | The school shall make the assessment results available to | ||||||
7 | the child's parent or guardian. | ||||||
8 | The assessment results may not be used (i) to prevent a | ||||||
9 | child from enrolling in kindergarten or (ii) as the sole | ||||||
10 | measure used in determining the grade promotion or retention of | ||||||
11 | a student. | ||||||
12 | (d) On an annual basis, the State Board shall report | ||||||
13 | publicly, at a minimum, data from the assessment for the State | ||||||
14 | overall and for each school district. The State Board's report | ||||||
15 | must disaggregate data by race and ethnicity, household income, | ||||||
16 | students who are English learners, and students who have an | ||||||
17 | individualized education program. | ||||||
18 | (e) The State Superintendent of Education shall appoint a | ||||||
19 | committee of no more than 21 members, consisting of parents, | ||||||
20 | teachers, school administrators, assessment experts, and | ||||||
21 | regional superintendents of schools, to review, on an ongoing | ||||||
22 | basis, the content and design of the assessment, the collective | ||||||
23 | results of the assessment as measured against | ||||||
24 | kindergarten-readiness standards, and other issues involving | ||||||
25 | the assessment as identified by the committee. | ||||||
26 | The committee shall make periodic recommendations to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Superintendent of Education and the General Assembly | ||||||
2 | concerning the assessments. | ||||||
3 | (f) The State Board may adopt rules to implement and | ||||||
4 | administer this Section.
| ||||||
5 | (105 ILCS 5/27A-5)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 27A-5. Charter school; legal entity; requirements.
| ||||||
7 | (a) A charter school shall be a public, nonsectarian, | ||||||
8 | nonreligious, non-home
based, and non-profit school. A charter | ||||||
9 | school shall be organized and operated
as a nonprofit | ||||||
10 | corporation or other discrete, legal, nonprofit entity
| ||||||
11 | authorized under the laws of the State of Illinois.
| ||||||
12 | (b) A charter school may be established under this Article | ||||||
13 | by creating a new
school or by converting an existing public | ||||||
14 | school or attendance center to
charter
school status.
Beginning | ||||||
15 | on April 16, 2003 (the effective date of Public Act 93-3), in | ||||||
16 | all new
applications to establish
a charter
school in a city | ||||||
17 | having a population exceeding 500,000, operation of the
charter
| ||||||
18 | school shall be limited to one campus. The changes made to this | ||||||
19 | Section by Public Act 93-3 do not apply to charter schools | ||||||
20 | existing or approved on or before April 16, 2003 (the
effective | ||||||
21 | date of Public Act 93-3). | ||||||
22 | (b-5) In this subsection (b-5), "virtual-schooling" means | ||||||
23 | a cyber school where students engage in online curriculum and | ||||||
24 | instruction via the Internet and electronic communication with | ||||||
25 | their teachers at remote locations and with students |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | participating at different times. | ||||||
2 | From April 1, 2013 through December 31, 2016, there is a | ||||||
3 | moratorium on the establishment of charter schools with | ||||||
4 | virtual-schooling components in school districts other than a | ||||||
5 | school district organized under Article 34 of this Code. This | ||||||
6 | moratorium does not apply to a charter school with | ||||||
7 | virtual-schooling components existing or approved prior to | ||||||
8 | April 1, 2013 or to the renewal of the charter of a charter | ||||||
9 | school with virtual-schooling components already approved | ||||||
10 | prior to April 1, 2013.
| ||||||
11 | (c) A charter school shall be administered and governed by | ||||||
12 | its board of
directors or other governing body
in the manner | ||||||
13 | provided in its charter. The governing body of a charter school
| ||||||
14 | shall be subject to the Freedom of Information Act and the Open | ||||||
15 | Meetings Act. No later than January 1, 2021 ( one year after the | ||||||
16 | effective date of Public Act 101-291) this amendatory Act of | ||||||
17 | the 101st General Assembly , a charter school's board of | ||||||
18 | directors or other governing body must include at least one | ||||||
19 | parent or guardian of a pupil currently enrolled in the charter | ||||||
20 | school who may be selected through the charter school or a | ||||||
21 | charter network election, appointment by the charter school's | ||||||
22 | board of directors or other governing body, or by the charter | ||||||
23 | school's Parent Teacher Organization or its equivalent. | ||||||
24 | (c-5) No later than January 1, 2021 ( one year after the | ||||||
25 | effective date of Public Act 101-291) this amendatory Act of | ||||||
26 | the 101st General Assembly or within the first year of his or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | her first term, every voting member of a charter school's board | ||||||
2 | of directors or other governing body shall complete a minimum | ||||||
3 | of 4 hours of professional development leadership training to | ||||||
4 | ensure that each member has sufficient familiarity with the | ||||||
5 | board's or governing body's role and responsibilities, | ||||||
6 | including financial oversight and accountability of the | ||||||
7 | school, evaluating the principal's and school's performance, | ||||||
8 | adherence to the Freedom of Information Act and the Open | ||||||
9 | Meetings Act Acts , and compliance with education and labor law. | ||||||
10 | In each subsequent year of his or her term, a voting member of | ||||||
11 | a charter school's board of directors or other governing body | ||||||
12 | shall complete a minimum of 2 hours of professional development | ||||||
13 | training in these same areas. The training under this | ||||||
14 | subsection may be provided or certified by a statewide charter | ||||||
15 | school membership association or may be provided or certified | ||||||
16 | by other qualified providers approved by the State Board of | ||||||
17 | Education.
| ||||||
18 | (d) For purposes of this subsection (d), "non-curricular | ||||||
19 | health and safety requirement" means any health and safety | ||||||
20 | requirement created by statute or rule to provide, maintain, | ||||||
21 | preserve, or safeguard safe or healthful conditions for | ||||||
22 | students and school personnel or to eliminate, reduce, or | ||||||
23 | prevent threats to the health and safety of students and school | ||||||
24 | personnel. "Non-curricular health and safety requirement" does | ||||||
25 | not include any course of study or specialized instructional | ||||||
26 | requirement for which the State Board has established goals and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | learning standards or which is designed primarily to impart | ||||||
2 | knowledge and skills for students to master and apply as an | ||||||
3 | outcome of their education. | ||||||
4 | A charter school shall comply with all non-curricular | ||||||
5 | health and safety
requirements applicable to public schools | ||||||
6 | under the laws of the State of
Illinois. On or before September | ||||||
7 | 1, 2015, the State Board shall promulgate and post on its | ||||||
8 | Internet website a list of non-curricular health and safety | ||||||
9 | requirements that a charter school must meet. The list shall be | ||||||
10 | updated annually no later than September 1. Any charter | ||||||
11 | contract between a charter school and its authorizer must | ||||||
12 | contain a provision that requires the charter school to follow | ||||||
13 | the list of all non-curricular health and safety requirements | ||||||
14 | promulgated by the State Board and any non-curricular health | ||||||
15 | and safety requirements added by the State Board to such list | ||||||
16 | during the term of the charter. Nothing in this subsection (d) | ||||||
17 | precludes an authorizer from including non-curricular health | ||||||
18 | and safety requirements in a charter school contract that are | ||||||
19 | not contained in the list promulgated by the State Board, | ||||||
20 | including non-curricular health and safety requirements of the | ||||||
21 | authorizing local school board.
| ||||||
22 | (e) Except as otherwise provided in the School Code, a | ||||||
23 | charter school shall
not charge tuition; provided that a | ||||||
24 | charter school may charge reasonable fees
for textbooks, | ||||||
25 | instructional materials, and student activities.
| ||||||
26 | (f) A charter school shall be responsible for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | management and operation
of its fiscal affairs including,
but | ||||||
2 | not limited to, the preparation of its budget. An audit of each | ||||||
3 | charter
school's finances shall be conducted annually by an | ||||||
4 | outside, independent
contractor retained by the charter | ||||||
5 | school. To ensure financial accountability for the use of | ||||||
6 | public funds, on or before December 1 of every year of | ||||||
7 | operation, each charter school shall submit to its authorizer | ||||||
8 | and the State Board a copy of its audit and a copy of the Form | ||||||
9 | 990 the charter school filed that year with the federal | ||||||
10 | Internal Revenue Service. In addition, if deemed necessary for | ||||||
11 | proper financial oversight of the charter school, an authorizer | ||||||
12 | may require quarterly financial statements from each charter | ||||||
13 | school.
| ||||||
14 | (g) A charter school shall comply with all provisions of | ||||||
15 | this Article, the Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act, all | ||||||
16 | federal and State laws and rules applicable to public schools | ||||||
17 | that pertain to special education and the instruction of | ||||||
18 | English learners, and
its charter. A charter
school is exempt | ||||||
19 | from all other State laws and regulations in this Code
| ||||||
20 | governing public
schools and local school board policies; | ||||||
21 | however, a charter school is not exempt from the following:
| ||||||
22 | (1) Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this Code regarding | ||||||
23 | criminal
history records checks and checks of the Statewide | ||||||
24 | Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer and Violent | ||||||
25 | Offender Against Youth Database of applicants for | ||||||
26 | employment;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) Sections 10-20.14, 10-22.6, 24-24, 34-19, and | ||||||
2 | 34-84a of this Code regarding discipline of
students;
| ||||||
3 | (3) the Local Governmental and Governmental Employees | ||||||
4 | Tort Immunity Act;
| ||||||
5 | (4) Section 108.75 of the General Not For Profit | ||||||
6 | Corporation Act of 1986
regarding indemnification of | ||||||
7 | officers, directors, employees, and agents;
| ||||||
8 | (5) the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act;
| ||||||
9 | (5.5) subsection (b) of Section 10-23.12 and | ||||||
10 | subsection (b) of Section 34-18.6 of this Code; | ||||||
11 | (6) the Illinois School Student Records Act;
| ||||||
12 | (7) Section 10-17a of this Code regarding school report | ||||||
13 | cards;
| ||||||
14 | (8) the P-20 Longitudinal Education Data System Act; | ||||||
15 | (9) Section 27-23.7 of this Code regarding bullying | ||||||
16 | prevention; | ||||||
17 | (10) Section 2-3.162 of this Code regarding student | ||||||
18 | discipline reporting; | ||||||
19 | (11) Sections 22-80 and 27-8.1 of this Code; | ||||||
20 | (12) Sections 10-20.60 and 34-18.53 of this Code; | ||||||
21 | (13) Sections 10-20.63 and 34-18.56 of this Code; | ||||||
22 | (14) Section 26-18 of this Code; | ||||||
23 | (15) Section 22-30 of this Code; and | ||||||
24 | (16) Sections 24-12 and 34-85 of this Code ; . | ||||||
25 | (17) the (16) The Seizure Smart School Act ; and . | ||||||
26 | (18) Section 2-3.64a-10 of this Code. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The change made by Public Act 96-104 to this subsection (g) | ||||||
2 | is declaratory of existing law. | ||||||
3 | (h) A charter school may negotiate and contract with a | ||||||
4 | school district, the
governing body of a State college or | ||||||
5 | university or public community college, or
any other public or | ||||||
6 | for-profit or nonprofit private entity for: (i) the use
of a | ||||||
7 | school building and grounds or any other real property or | ||||||
8 | facilities that
the charter school desires to use or convert | ||||||
9 | for use as a charter school site,
(ii) the operation and | ||||||
10 | maintenance thereof, and
(iii) the provision of any service, | ||||||
11 | activity, or undertaking that the charter
school is required to | ||||||
12 | perform in order to carry out the terms of its charter.
| ||||||
13 | However, a charter school
that is established on
or
after April | ||||||
14 | 16, 2003 (the effective date of Public Act 93-3) and that | ||||||
15 | operates
in a city having a population exceeding
500,000 may | ||||||
16 | not contract with a for-profit entity to
manage or operate the | ||||||
17 | school during the period that commences on April 16, 2003 (the
| ||||||
18 | effective date of Public Act 93-3) and
concludes at the end of | ||||||
19 | the 2004-2005 school year.
Except as provided in subsection (i) | ||||||
20 | of this Section, a school district may
charge a charter school | ||||||
21 | reasonable rent for the use of the district's
buildings, | ||||||
22 | grounds, and facilities. Any services for which a charter | ||||||
23 | school
contracts
with a school district shall be provided by | ||||||
24 | the district at cost. Any services
for which a charter school | ||||||
25 | contracts with a local school board or with the
governing body | ||||||
26 | of a State college or university or public community college
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be provided by the public entity at cost.
| ||||||
2 | (i) In no event shall a charter school that is established | ||||||
3 | by converting an
existing school or attendance center to | ||||||
4 | charter school status be required to
pay rent for space
that is | ||||||
5 | deemed available, as negotiated and provided in the charter | ||||||
6 | agreement,
in school district
facilities. However, all other | ||||||
7 | costs for the operation and maintenance of
school district | ||||||
8 | facilities that are used by the charter school shall be subject
| ||||||
9 | to negotiation between
the charter school and the local school | ||||||
10 | board and shall be set forth in the
charter.
| ||||||
11 | (j) A charter school may limit student enrollment by age or | ||||||
12 | grade level.
| ||||||
13 | (k) If the charter school is approved by the State Board or | ||||||
14 | Commission, then the charter school is its own local education | ||||||
15 | agency. | ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 100-29, eff. 1-1-18; 100-156, eff. 1-1-18; | ||||||
17 | 100-163, eff. 1-1-18; 100-413, eff. 1-1-18; 100-468, eff. | ||||||
18 | 6-1-18; 100-726, eff. 1-1-19; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-50, | ||||||
19 | eff. 7-1-20; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-291, eff. 1-1-20; | ||||||
20 | 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; 101-543, eff. 8-23-19; revised 8-4-20.)
| ||||||
21 | Article 10. | ||||||
22 | Section 10-5. The Early Intervention Services System Act is | ||||||
23 | amended by changing Section 11 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (325 ILCS 20/11) (from Ch. 23, par. 4161)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 11. Individualized Family Service Plans.
| ||||||
3 | (a) Each eligible infant or toddler and that infant's or | ||||||
4 | toddler's family
shall receive:
| ||||||
5 | (1) timely, comprehensive, multidisciplinary | ||||||
6 | assessment of the unique
strengths and needs of each | ||||||
7 | eligible infant and toddler, and assessment of the concerns
| ||||||
8 | and priorities of the families to appropriately assist them | ||||||
9 | in meeting
their needs and identify supports and services | ||||||
10 | to meet those needs; and
| ||||||
11 | (2) a written Individualized Family Service Plan | ||||||
12 | developed by a
multidisciplinary team which includes the | ||||||
13 | parent or guardian. The
individualized family service plan | ||||||
14 | shall be based on the
multidisciplinary team's assessment | ||||||
15 | of the resources, priorities,
and concerns of the family | ||||||
16 | and its identification of the supports
and services | ||||||
17 | necessary to enhance the family's capacity to meet the
| ||||||
18 | developmental needs of the infant or toddler, and shall | ||||||
19 | include the
identification of services appropriate to meet | ||||||
20 | those needs, including the
frequency, intensity, and | ||||||
21 | method of delivering services. During and as part of
the | ||||||
22 | initial development of the individualized family services | ||||||
23 | plan, and any
periodic reviews of the plan, the | ||||||
24 | multidisciplinary team may seek consultation from the lead
| ||||||
25 | agency's designated experts, if any, to help
determine | ||||||
26 | appropriate services and the frequency and intensity of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | those
services. All services in the individualized family | ||||||
2 | services plan must be
justified by the multidisciplinary | ||||||
3 | assessment of the unique strengths and
needs of the infant | ||||||
4 | or toddler and must be appropriate to meet those needs.
At | ||||||
5 | the periodic reviews, the team shall determine whether | ||||||
6 | modification or
revision of the outcomes or services is | ||||||
7 | necessary.
| ||||||
8 | (b) The Individualized Family Service Plan shall be | ||||||
9 | evaluated once a year
and the family shall be provided a review | ||||||
10 | of the Plan at 6 month intervals or
more often where | ||||||
11 | appropriate based on infant or toddler and family needs.
The | ||||||
12 | lead agency shall create a quality review process regarding | ||||||
13 | Individualized
Family Service Plan development and changes | ||||||
14 | thereto, to monitor
and help assure that resources are being | ||||||
15 | used to provide appropriate early
intervention services.
| ||||||
16 | (c) The initial evaluation and initial assessment and | ||||||
17 | initial
Plan meeting must be held within 45 days after the | ||||||
18 | initial
contact with the early intervention services system. | ||||||
19 | The 45-day timeline does not apply for any period when the | ||||||
20 | child or parent is unavailable to complete the initial | ||||||
21 | evaluation, the initial assessments of the child and family, or | ||||||
22 | the initial Plan meeting, due to exceptional family | ||||||
23 | circumstances that are documented in the child's early | ||||||
24 | intervention records, or when the parent has not provided | ||||||
25 | consent for the initial evaluation or the initial assessment of | ||||||
26 | the child despite documented, repeated attempts to obtain |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | parental consent. As soon as exceptional family circumstances | ||||||
2 | no longer exist or parental consent has been obtained, the | ||||||
3 | initial evaluation, the initial assessment, and the initial | ||||||
4 | Plan meeting must be completed as soon as possible. With | ||||||
5 | parental consent,
early intervention services may commence | ||||||
6 | before the completion of the
comprehensive assessment and | ||||||
7 | development of the Plan.
| ||||||
8 | (d) Parents must be informed that early
intervention
| ||||||
9 | services shall be provided to each eligible infant and toddler, | ||||||
10 | to the maximum extent appropriate, in the natural
environment, | ||||||
11 | which may include the home or other community settings. Parents
| ||||||
12 | shall make
the final decision to accept or decline
early | ||||||
13 | intervention services. A decision to decline such services | ||||||
14 | shall
not be a basis for administrative determination of | ||||||
15 | parental fitness, or
other findings or sanctions against the | ||||||
16 | parents. Parameters of the Plan
shall be set forth in rules.
| ||||||
17 | (e) The regional intake offices shall explain to each | ||||||
18 | family, orally and
in
writing, all of the following:
| ||||||
19 | (1) That the early intervention program will pay for | ||||||
20 | all early
intervention services set forth in the | ||||||
21 | individualized family service plan that
are not
covered or | ||||||
22 | paid under the family's public or private insurance plan or | ||||||
23 | policy
and not
eligible for payment through any other third | ||||||
24 | party payor.
| ||||||
25 | (2) That services will not be delayed due to any rules | ||||||
26 | or restrictions
under the family's insurance plan or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | policy.
| ||||||
2 | (3) That the family may request, with appropriate | ||||||
3 | documentation
supporting the request, a
determination of | ||||||
4 | an exemption from private insurance use under
Section | ||||||
5 | 13.25.
| ||||||
6 | (4) That responsibility for co-payments or
| ||||||
7 | co-insurance under a family's private insurance
plan or | ||||||
8 | policy will be transferred to the lead
agency's central | ||||||
9 | billing office.
| ||||||
10 | (5) That families will be responsible
for payments of | ||||||
11 | family fees,
which will be based on a sliding scale
| ||||||
12 | according to the State's definition of ability to pay which | ||||||
13 | is comparing household size and income to the sliding scale | ||||||
14 | and considering out-of-pocket medical or disaster | ||||||
15 | expenses, and that these fees
are payable to the central | ||||||
16 | billing office. Families who fail to provide income | ||||||
17 | information shall be charged the maximum amount on the | ||||||
18 | sliding scale.
| ||||||
19 | (f) The individualized family service plan must state | ||||||
20 | whether the family
has private insurance coverage and, if the | ||||||
21 | family has such coverage, must
have attached to it a copy of | ||||||
22 | the family's insurance identification card or
otherwise
| ||||||
23 | include all of the following information:
| ||||||
24 | (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the | ||||||
25 | insurance
carrier.
| ||||||
26 | (2) The contract number and policy number of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | insurance plan.
| ||||||
2 | (3) The name, address, and social security number of | ||||||
3 | the primary
insured.
| ||||||
4 | (4) The beginning date of the insurance benefit year.
| ||||||
5 | (g) A copy of the individualized family service plan must | ||||||
6 | be provided to
each enrolled provider who is providing early | ||||||
7 | intervention services to the
child
who is the subject of that | ||||||
8 | plan.
| ||||||
9 | (h) Children receiving services under this Act shall | ||||||
10 | receive a smooth and effective transition by their third | ||||||
11 | birthday consistent with federal regulations adopted pursuant | ||||||
12 | to Sections 1431 through 1444 of Title 20 of the United States | ||||||
13 | Code. Beginning July 1, 2022, children who receive early | ||||||
14 | intervention services prior to their third birthday and are | ||||||
15 | found eligible for an individualized education program under | ||||||
16 | the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. | ||||||
17 | 1414(d)(1)(A), and under Section 14-8.02 of the School Code and | ||||||
18 | whose birthday falls between May 1 and August 31 may continue | ||||||
19 | to receive early intervention services until the beginning of | ||||||
20 | the school year following their third birthday in order to | ||||||
21 | minimize gaps in services, ensure better continuity of care, | ||||||
22 | and align practices for the enrollment of preschool children | ||||||
23 | with special needs to the enrollment practices of typically | ||||||
24 | developing preschool children. | ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 97-902, eff. 8-6-12; 98-41, eff. 6-28-13.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Article 15. | ||||||
2 | Section 15-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
3 | Equitable Early Childhood Education and Care Act. References in | ||||||
4 | this Article to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
5 | Section 15-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
6 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following:
| ||||||
7 | (1) Long-standing research shows that high-quality | ||||||
8 | early childhood experiences have an impact on children's | ||||||
9 | short-term and long-term outcomes, such as educational | ||||||
10 | attainment, health, and lifetime income, particularly for | ||||||
11 | children from low-income families. | ||||||
12 | (2) Early childhood education and care programs | ||||||
13 | provide child care so parents can maintain stable | ||||||
14 | employment, provide for themselves and their families, and | ||||||
15 | advance their career or educational goals. | ||||||
16 | (3) Illinois has a vigorous early childhood education | ||||||
17 | and care industry composed of programs that serve children | ||||||
18 | under the age of 6, including preschool and child care in | ||||||
19 | schools, centers, and homes; these programs also include | ||||||
20 | home visiting and services for young children with special | ||||||
21 | needs. | ||||||
22 | (4) A significant portion of the early childhood | ||||||
23 | workforce and of family child care providers are Black and | ||||||
24 | Latinx women. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) Illinois was among the first states in the nation | ||||||
2 | to enact the Pre-K At-Risk program and services for infants | ||||||
3 | and toddlers in the 1980s and reaffirmed this commitment to | ||||||
4 | early childhood education in 2006 by creating Preschool for | ||||||
5 | All to offer State-funded, high-quality preschool to | ||||||
6 | 3-year-olds and 4-year-olds. | ||||||
7 | (6) Illinois was one of the first states in the nation | ||||||
8 | to commit education funding to very young children and to | ||||||
9 | have a statutory commitment to grow funding for | ||||||
10 | infant-toddler services as it grows preschool services, | ||||||
11 | including prenatal supports like home visitors and doulas. | ||||||
12 | (7) Countless children and families have benefitted | ||||||
13 | from these services over these decades and have had the | ||||||
14 | opportunity to enter school ready to learn and succeed. | ||||||
15 | (8) Despite progress made by the State, too few | ||||||
16 | children, particularly those from Black, Latinx, and | ||||||
17 | low-income households and child care deserts, have access | ||||||
18 | to high-quality early childhood education and care | ||||||
19 | services, due to both the availability and affordability of | ||||||
20 | quality services.
| ||||||
21 | (9) In 2019, only 29% of all children in Illinois | ||||||
22 | entered kindergarten "ready"; only 21% of Black children, | ||||||
23 | 17% of Latinx children, 14% of English Learners, 14% of | ||||||
24 | children with IEPs, and 20% of children on free and reduced | ||||||
25 | lunch demonstrated readiness, highlighting the critical | ||||||
26 | work Illinois must do to close gaps in opportunity and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | outcomes. | ||||||
2 | (10) The State's early childhood education and care | ||||||
3 | programs are maintained across 3 state agencies, which | ||||||
4 | leads to inefficiencies, lack of alignment, challenges to | ||||||
5 | collecting comprehensive data around services and needs of | ||||||
6 | children and families, and obstacles for both children and | ||||||
7 | families and the early childhood education and care | ||||||
8 | providers to navigate the fragmented system and ensure | ||||||
9 | children receive high-quality services that meet their | ||||||
10 | needs. | ||||||
11 | (11) The State's current mechanisms for payment to | ||||||
12 | early childhood education and care providers may not | ||||||
13 | incentivize quality services and can lead to payment | ||||||
14 | delays, lack of stability of providers, and the inability | ||||||
15 | of providers to provide appropriate compensation to the | ||||||
16 | workforce and support quality programming. | ||||||
17 | (12) Illinois must advance a just system for early | ||||||
18 | childhood education and care that ensures racially and | ||||||
19 | economically equitable opportunities and outcomes for all | ||||||
20 | children. | ||||||
21 | (13) In 2017, Illinois became a national leader in | ||||||
22 | passing the K-12 Evidence-Based Funding formula for public | ||||||
23 | schools, creating a mechanism to adequately fund and | ||||||
24 | equitably disburse resources throughout the State and | ||||||
25 | prioritize funding for school districts that need it most. | ||||||
26 | (b) The General Assembly supports the following goals of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Illinois Commission on Equitable Early Childhood Education | ||||||
2 | and Care Funding: | ||||||
3 | (1) To create a more equitable, efficient, and | ||||||
4 | effective system and thereby increase access to | ||||||
5 | high-quality services, particularly to serve more Black | ||||||
6 | and Latinx children and populations of children where | ||||||
7 | children of color may be disproportionately represented, | ||||||
8 | such as: children from low-income households, with | ||||||
9 | disabilities, experiencing homelessness, and participating | ||||||
10 | in the child welfare system; English learners; and children | ||||||
11 | from households in which English is not the primary | ||||||
12 | language spoken. | ||||||
13 | (2) To ensure a more equitable system, we support the | ||||||
14 | Commission's goal of consolidating programs and services | ||||||
15 | into a single, adequately staffed State agency to align and | ||||||
16 | coordinate services, to decrease barriers to access for | ||||||
17 | families and make it easier for them to navigate the | ||||||
18 | system, and to better collect, use, and report | ||||||
19 | comprehensive data to ensure disparities in services are | ||||||
20 | addressed. | ||||||
21 | (3) To ensure equitable and adequate funding to expand | ||||||
22 | access to high-quality services and increase compensation | ||||||
23 | of this vital workforce, a significant proportion of which | ||||||
24 | are Black and Latinx women. The General Assembly encourages | ||||||
25 | the State to commit to a multi-year plan designed to move | ||||||
26 | the State toward adequate funding over time. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) To redesign the mechanisms by which the State pays | ||||||
2 | providers of early childhood education and care services to | ||||||
3 | ensure provider stability, capacity, and quality and to | ||||||
4 | make sure providers and services are available to families | ||||||
5 | throughout the State, including in areas of child care | ||||||
6 | deserts and concentrated poverty. | ||||||
7 | (5) To ensure comprehensive data on children and | ||||||
8 | families' access to and participation in programs and | ||||||
9 | resulting outcomes, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
10 | kindergarten readiness, to understand and address the | ||||||
11 | degree to which the State is reaching children and families | ||||||
12 | and ensuring equitable opportunity and outcomes. | ||||||
13 | (c) The General Assembly encourages the State to create a | ||||||
14 | planning process and timeline, with a designated body | ||||||
15 | accountable for implementing the Commission's recommendations, | ||||||
16 | that includes engagement of parents, providers, communities, | ||||||
17 | experts, and other stakeholders and to regularly evaluate the | ||||||
18 | impact of the implementation of the Commission's | ||||||
19 | recommendations to ensure they impact children, families, and | ||||||
20 | communities as intended and lead to a more equitable early | ||||||
21 | childhood education and care system for Illinois.
| ||||||
22 | Article 20.
| ||||||
23 | Section 20-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
24 | Data Governance and Organization to Support Equity and Racial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Justice Act . References in this Article to "this Act" mean this | ||||||
2 | Article.
| ||||||
3 | Section 20-5. Findings. The General Assembly finds the | ||||||
4 | following: | ||||||
5 | (1) The State of Illinois spends billions of dollars | ||||||
6 | annually on grants and programs to ensure that all | ||||||
7 | Illinoisans have the economic, health and safety, | ||||||
8 | educational, and other opportunities to be successful, but | ||||||
9 | it is still insufficient to serve all the needs of all | ||||||
10 | Illinoisans. | ||||||
11 | (2) To be good fiscal stewards of State funds, it is | ||||||
12 | necessary to ensure that the limited State funding is spent | ||||||
13 | on the right services, at the right time, in the right | ||||||
14 | dosages, to the right individuals, and in the most | ||||||
15 | equitable manner. | ||||||
16 | (3) Historical equity gaps exist in the administration | ||||||
17 | of programs across the State and understanding where these | ||||||
18 | exist is necessary for adjusting program scopes and | ||||||
19 | ensuring that gaps can be found and rectified quickly. | ||||||
20 | (4) Different subpopulations of individuals may have | ||||||
21 | different needs and may experience different outcomes from | ||||||
22 | similar programs. | ||||||
23 | (5) Measuring average outcomes across an entire | ||||||
24 | population is insufficient to understand the equity | ||||||
25 | impacts of a program on specific subpopulations. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (6) Silos in information sharing exist across agencies | ||||||
2 | and that measuring the outcomes and impacts of programs | ||||||
3 | requires multiple agencies to share data. | ||||||
4 | (7) There is no existing mechanism for agencies to | ||||||
5 | ensure they are collecting information on programs that can | ||||||
6 | be easily matched to other agencies to understand program | ||||||
7 | effectiveness, as well as equity and access gaps that may | ||||||
8 | exist. | ||||||
9 | (8) The establishment of a system of data governance | ||||||
10 | and improved analytic capability is critical to support | ||||||
11 | equitable provision of services and the evaluation of | ||||||
12 | equitable outcomes for the citizens of Illinois. | ||||||
13 | (9) Sound data collection, reporting, and analysis is | ||||||
14 | necessary to ensure that practice and policy decisions and | ||||||
15 | outcomes are driven by a culture of data use and actionable | ||||||
16 | information that supports equity and engages stakeholders. | ||||||
17 | (10) Data governance and the classification of data is | ||||||
18 | a critical component of improving the security and privacy | ||||||
19 | of data. | ||||||
20 | (11) The P-20 Longitudinal Education Data System Act, | ||||||
21 | enacted by Public Act 96-107, was created in 2009 to | ||||||
22 | develop the capacity to match data across agencies and | ||||||
23 | provide for improved data analytics across education | ||||||
24 | agencies. | ||||||
25 | (12) The P-20 Longitudinal Education Data System has
| ||||||
26 | expanded to include the incorporation of human services, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | workforce, and education agencies. | ||||||
2 | (13) The implementation of the P-20 Longitudinal | ||||||
3 | Education Data System has allowed the State to improve its | ||||||
4 | ability to manage and to bring together data across | ||||||
5 | agencies. | ||||||
6 | (14) Merging data across agencies has highlighted the | ||||||
7 | degree to which there are different approaches to capturing | ||||||
8 | similar data across agencies, including how race and | ||||||
9 | ethnicity data are captured. | ||||||
10 | (15) The State of Illinois needs to establish common | ||||||
11 | processes and procedures for all of the following: | ||||||
12 | (A) Cataloging data. | ||||||
13 | (B) Managing data requests. | ||||||
14 | (C) Sharing data. | ||||||
15 | (D) Collecting data. | ||||||
16 | (E) Matching data across agencies. | ||||||
17 | (F) Developing research and analytic agendas. | ||||||
18 | (G) Reporting on program participation | ||||||
19 | disaggregated by race and ethnicity. | ||||||
20 | (H) Evaluating equitable outcomes for underserved | ||||||
21 | populations in Illinois. | ||||||
22 | (I) Defining common roles for data management | ||||||
23 | across agencies.
| ||||||
24 | Section 20-10. Definitions. In this Act: | ||||||
25 | "Board" means the State Board of Education. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Department" means any of the following: the Department on | ||||||
2 | Aging, the Department of Central Management Services, the | ||||||
3 | Department of Children and Family Services, the Department of | ||||||
4 | Corrections, the Department of Juvenile Justice, the Illinois | ||||||
5 | Department of Labor, the Department of Healthcare and Family | ||||||
6 | Services, the Department of Human Services, the Department of | ||||||
7 | Public Health, or the Illinois Department of Transportation.
| ||||||
8 | Section 20-15. Data Governance and Organization to Support | ||||||
9 | Equity and Racial Justice. | ||||||
10 | (a) On or before July 1, 2022 and each July 1 thereafter, | ||||||
11 | the Board and the Department shall report statistical data on | ||||||
12 | the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants for | ||||||
13 | each major program administered by the Board or the Department. | ||||||
14 | Except as provided in subsection (b), when reporting the data | ||||||
15 | required under this Section, the Board or the Department shall | ||||||
16 | use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
17 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
18 | following: | ||||||
19 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
20 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
21 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
22 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
23 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
24 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
25 | (7) Some other race alone. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (8) Two or more races.
| ||||||
2 | The Board and the Department may further define, by rule, | ||||||
3 | the racial and ethnic classifications, including, if | ||||||
4 | necessary, a classification of "No Race Specified". | ||||||
5 | (c) If a program administered by the Board or the | ||||||
6 | Department is subject to federal reporting requirements that | ||||||
7 | include the collection and public reporting of statistical data | ||||||
8 | on the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants, | ||||||
9 | the Department may maintain the same racial and ethnic | ||||||
10 | classifications used under the federal requirements if such | ||||||
11 | classifications differ from the classifications listed in | ||||||
12 | subsection (a). | ||||||
13 | (d) The Department of Innovation and Technology shall | ||||||
14 | assist the Board and the Department by establishing common | ||||||
15 | technological processes and procedures for the Board and the | ||||||
16 | Department to: | ||||||
17 | (1) Catalog data. | ||||||
18 | (2) Identify similar fields in datasets. | ||||||
19 | (3) Manage data requests. | ||||||
20 | (4) Share data. | ||||||
21 | (5) Collect data. | ||||||
22 | (6) Improve and clean data. | ||||||
23 | (7) Match data across the Board and Departments. | ||||||
24 | (8) Develop research and analytic agendas. | ||||||
25 | (9) Report on program participation disaggregated by | ||||||
26 | race and ethnicity. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (10) Evaluate equitable outcomes for underserved | ||||||
2 | populations in Illinois. | ||||||
3 | (11) Define common roles for data management. | ||||||
4 | (12) Ensure that all major programs can report | ||||||
5 | disaggregated data by race and ethnicity. | ||||||
6 | The Board and the Department shall use the common | ||||||
7 | technological processes and procedures established by the | ||||||
8 | Department of Innovation and Technology. | ||||||
9 | (e) If the Board or the Department is unable to begin | ||||||
10 | reporting the data required by subsection (a) by July 1, 2022, | ||||||
11 | the Board or the Department shall state the reasons for the | ||||||
12 | delay under the reporting requirements. | ||||||
13 | (f) By no later than March 31, 2022, the Board and the | ||||||
14 | Department shall provide a progress report to the General | ||||||
15 | Assembly to disclose: (i) the programs and datasets that have | ||||||
16 | been cataloged for which race and ethnicity has been | ||||||
17 | standardized; and (ii) to the extent possible, the datasets and | ||||||
18 | programs that are outstanding for each agency and the datasets | ||||||
19 | that are planned for the upcoming year. On or before March 31, | ||||||
20 | 2023, and each year thereafter, the Board and Departments shall | ||||||
21 | provide an updated report to the General Assembly. | ||||||
22 | (g) By no later than October 31, 2021, the Governor's | ||||||
23 | Office shall provide a plan to establish processes for input | ||||||
24 | from the Board and the Department into processes outlined in | ||||||
25 | subsection (b). The plan shall incorporate ongoing efforts at | ||||||
26 | data interoperability within the Department and the governance |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | established to support the P-20 Longitudinal Education Data | ||||||
2 | System enacted by Public Act 96-107. | ||||||
3 | (h) Nothing in this Section shall be construed to limit the | ||||||
4 | rights granted to individuals or data sharing protections | ||||||
5 | established under existing State and federal data privacy and | ||||||
6 | security laws.
| ||||||
7 | Section 20-20. Construction of Act. Nothing in this Act | ||||||
8 | shall be construed to limit the rights granted to individuals | ||||||
9 | or data sharing protections established under existing State | ||||||
10 | and federal data privacy and security laws.
| ||||||
11 | Article 25. | ||||||
12 | Section 25-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
13 | 22-90 as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/22-90 new) | ||||||
15 | Sec. 22-90. Whole Child Task Force. | ||||||
16 | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
17 | findings: | ||||||
18 | (1) The COVID-19 pandemic has exposed systemic | ||||||
19 | inequities in American society. Students, educators, and | ||||||
20 | families throughout this State have been deeply affected by | ||||||
21 | the pandemic, and the impact of the pandemic will be felt | ||||||
22 | for years to come. The negative consequences of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pandemic have impacted students and communities | ||||||
2 | differently along the lines of race, income, language, and | ||||||
3 | special needs. However, students in this State faced | ||||||
4 | significant unmet physical health, mental health, and | ||||||
5 | social and emotional needs even prior to the pandemic. | ||||||
6 | (2) The path to recovery requires a commitment from | ||||||
7 | adults in this State to address our students cultural, | ||||||
8 | physical, emotional, and mental health needs and to provide | ||||||
9 | them with stronger and increased systemic support and | ||||||
10 | intervention. | ||||||
11 | (3) It is well documented that trauma and toxic stress | ||||||
12 | diminish a child's ability to thrive. Forms of childhood | ||||||
13 | trauma and toxic stress include adverse childhood | ||||||
14 | experiences, systemic racism, poverty, food and housing | ||||||
15 | insecurity, and gender-based violence. The COVID-19 | ||||||
16 | pandemic has exacerbated these issues and brought them into | ||||||
17 | focus. | ||||||
18 | (4) It is estimated that, overall, approximately 40% of | ||||||
19 | children in this State have experienced at least one | ||||||
20 | adverse childhood experience and approximately 10% have | ||||||
21 | experienced 3 or more adverse childhood experiences. | ||||||
22 | However, the number of adverse childhood experiences is | ||||||
23 | higher for Black and Hispanic children who are growing up | ||||||
24 | in poverty. The COVID-19 pandemic has amplified the number | ||||||
25 | of students who have experienced childhood trauma. Also, | ||||||
26 | the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted preexisting |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | inequities in school disciplinary practices that | ||||||
2 | disproportionately impact Black and Brown students. | ||||||
3 | Research shows, for example, that girls of color are | ||||||
4 | disproportionately impacted by trauma, adversity, and | ||||||
5 | abuse, and instead of receiving the care and | ||||||
6 | trauma-informed support they may need, many Black girls in | ||||||
7 | particular face disproportionately harsh disciplinary | ||||||
8 | measures. | ||||||
9 | (5) The cumulative effects of trauma and toxic stress | ||||||
10 | adversely impact the physical health of students, as well | ||||||
11 | as their ability to learn, form relationships, and | ||||||
12 | self-regulate. If left unaddressed, these effects increase | ||||||
13 | a student's risk for depression, alcoholism, anxiety, | ||||||
14 | asthma, smoking, and suicide, all of which are risks that | ||||||
15 | disproportionately affect Black youth and may lead to a | ||||||
16 | host of medical diseases as an adult. Access to infant and | ||||||
17 | early childhood mental health services is critical to | ||||||
18 | ensure the social and emotional well-being of this State's | ||||||
19 | youngest children, particularly those children who have | ||||||
20 | experienced trauma. | ||||||
21 | (6) Although this State enacted measures through | ||||||
22 | Public Act 100-105 to address the high rate of early care | ||||||
23 | and preschool expulsions of infants, toddlers, and | ||||||
24 | preschoolers and the disproportionately higher rate of | ||||||
25 | expulsion for Black and Hispanic children, a recent study | ||||||
26 | found a wide variation in the awareness, understanding, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | compliance with the law by providers of early childhood | ||||||
2 | care. Further work is needed to implement the law, which | ||||||
3 | includes providing training to early childhood care | ||||||
4 | providers to increase their understanding of the law, | ||||||
5 | increasing the availability and access to infant and early | ||||||
6 | childhood mental health services, and building aligned | ||||||
7 | data collection systems to better understand expulsion | ||||||
8 | rates and to allow for accurate reporting as required by | ||||||
9 | the law. | ||||||
10 | (7) Many educators and schools in this State have | ||||||
11 | embraced and implemented evidenced-based restorative | ||||||
12 | justice and trauma-responsive and culturally relevant | ||||||
13 | practices and interventions. However, the use of these | ||||||
14 | interventions on students is often isolated or is | ||||||
15 | implemented occasionally and only if the school has the | ||||||
16 | appropriate leadership, resources, and partners available | ||||||
17 | to engage seriously in this work. It would be malpractice | ||||||
18 | to deny our students access to these practices and | ||||||
19 | interventions, especially in the aftermath of a | ||||||
20 | once-in-a-century pandemic. | ||||||
21 | (b) The Whole Child Task Force is created for the purpose | ||||||
22 | of establishing an equitable, inclusive, safe, and supportive | ||||||
23 | environment in all schools for every student in this State. The | ||||||
24 | task force shall have all of the following goals, which means | ||||||
25 | key steps have to be taken to ensure that every child in every | ||||||
26 | school in this State has access to teachers, social workers, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school leaders, support personnel, and others who have been | ||||||
2 | trained in evidenced-based interventions and restorative | ||||||
3 | practices: | ||||||
4 | (1) To create a common definition of a | ||||||
5 | trauma-responsive school, a trauma-responsive district, | ||||||
6 | and a trauma-responsive community. | ||||||
7 | (2) To outline the training and resources required to | ||||||
8 | create and sustain a system of support for | ||||||
9 | trauma-responsive schools, districts, and communities and | ||||||
10 | to identify this State's role in that work, including | ||||||
11 | recommendations concerning options for redirecting | ||||||
12 | resources from school resource officers to classroom-based | ||||||
13 | support. | ||||||
14 | (3) To identify or develop a process to conduct an | ||||||
15 | analysis of the organizations that provide training in | ||||||
16 | restorative practices, implicit bias, anti-racism, and | ||||||
17 | trauma-responsive systems, mental health services, and | ||||||
18 | social and emotional services to schools. | ||||||
19 | (4) To provide recommendations concerning the key data | ||||||
20 | to be collected and reported to ensure that this State has | ||||||
21 | a full and accurate understanding of the progress toward | ||||||
22 | ensuring that all schools, including programs and | ||||||
23 | providers of care to pre-kindergarten children, employ | ||||||
24 | restorative, anti-racist, and trauma-responsive strategies | ||||||
25 | and practices. The data collected must include information | ||||||
26 | relating to the availability of trauma responsive support |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | structures in schools as well as disciplinary practices | ||||||
2 | employed on students in person or through other means, | ||||||
3 | including during remote or blended learning. It should also | ||||||
4 | include information on the use of, and funding for, school | ||||||
5 | resource officers and other similar police personnel in | ||||||
6 | school programs. | ||||||
7 | (5) To recommend an implementation timeline, including | ||||||
8 | the key roles, responsibilities, and resources to advance | ||||||
9 | this State toward a system in which every school, district, | ||||||
10 | and community is progressing toward becoming | ||||||
11 | trauma-responsive. | ||||||
12 | (6) To seek input and feedback from stakeholders, | ||||||
13 | including parents, students, and educators, who reflect | ||||||
14 | the diversity of this State. | ||||||
15 | (c) Members of the Whole Child Task Force shall be | ||||||
16 | appointed by the State Superintendent of Education. Members of | ||||||
17 | this task force must represent the diversity of this State and | ||||||
18 | possess the expertise needed to perform the work required to | ||||||
19 | meet the goals of the task force set forth under subsection | ||||||
20 | (a). Members of the task force shall include all of the | ||||||
21 | following: | ||||||
22 | (1) One member of a statewide professional teachers' | ||||||
23 | organization. | ||||||
24 | (2) One member of another statewide professional | ||||||
25 | teachers' organization. | ||||||
26 | (3) One member who represents a school district serving |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a community with a population of 500,000 or more. | ||||||
2 | (4) One member of a statewide organization | ||||||
3 | representing social workers. | ||||||
4 | (5) One member of an organization that has specific | ||||||
5 | expertise in trauma-responsive school practices and | ||||||
6 | experience in supporting schools in developing | ||||||
7 | trauma-responsive and restorative practices. | ||||||
8 | (6) One member of another organization that has | ||||||
9 | specific expertise in trauma-responsive school practices | ||||||
10 | and experience in supporting schools in developing | ||||||
11 | trauma-responsive and restorative practices. | ||||||
12 | (7) One member of a statewide organization that | ||||||
13 | represents school administrators. | ||||||
14 | (8) One member of a statewide policy organization that | ||||||
15 | works to build a healthy public education system that | ||||||
16 | prepares all students for a successful college, career, and | ||||||
17 | civic life. | ||||||
18 | (9) One member of a statewide organization that brings
| ||||||
19 | teachers together to identify and address issues
critical | ||||||
20 | to student success. | ||||||
21 | (10) One member of the General Assembly recommended by | ||||||
22 | the President of the Senate. | ||||||
23 | (11) One member of the General Assembly recommended by | ||||||
24 | the Speaker of the House of
Representatives. | ||||||
25 | (12) One member of the General Assembly recommended by | ||||||
26 | the Minority Leader of the Senate. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (13) One member of the General Assembly recommended by | ||||||
2 | the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives. | ||||||
3 | (14) One member of a civil rights organization that | ||||||
4 | works actively on issues regarding student support. | ||||||
5 | (15) One administrator from a school district that has | ||||||
6 | actively worked to develop a system of student support that | ||||||
7 | uses a trauma-informed lens. | ||||||
8 | (16) One educator from a school district that has | ||||||
9 | actively worked to develop a system of student support that | ||||||
10 | uses a trauma-informed lens. | ||||||
11 | (17) One member of a youth-led organization. | ||||||
12 | (18) One member of an organization that has | ||||||
13 | demonstrated expertise in restorative practices. | ||||||
14 | (19) One member of a coalition of mental health and | ||||||
15 | school practitioners who assist schools in developing and | ||||||
16 | implementing trauma-informed and restorative strategies | ||||||
17 | and systems. | ||||||
18 | (20) One member of an organization whose mission is to | ||||||
19 | promote the safety, health, and economic success of | ||||||
20 | children, youth, and families in this State. | ||||||
21 | (21) One member who works or has worked as a | ||||||
22 | restorative justice coach or disciplinarian. | ||||||
23 | (22) One member who works or has worked as a social | ||||||
24 | worker. | ||||||
25 | (23) One member of the State Board of Education. | ||||||
26 | (24) One member who represents a statewide principals' |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | organization. | ||||||
2 | (25) One member who represents a statewide | ||||||
3 | organization of school boards. | ||||||
4 | (26) One member who has expertise in pre-kindergarten | ||||||
5 | education. | ||||||
6 | (27) One member who represents a school social worker | ||||||
7 | association. | ||||||
8 | (28) One member who represents an organization that | ||||||
9 | represents school districts in both the south suburbs and | ||||||
10 | collar counties. | ||||||
11 | (29) One member who is a licensed clinical psychologist | ||||||
12 | who (A) has a doctor of philosophy in the field of clinical | ||||||
13 | psychology and has an appointment at an independent | ||||||
14 | free-standing children's hospital located in Chicago, (B) | ||||||
15 | serves as associate professor at a medical school located | ||||||
16 | in Chicago, and (C) serves as the clinical director of a | ||||||
17 | coalition of voluntary collaboration of organizations that | ||||||
18 | are committed to applying a trauma lens to their efforts on | ||||||
19 | behalf of families and children in the State. | ||||||
20 | (30) One member who represents a west suburban school | ||||||
21 | district. | ||||||
22 | (d) The Whole Child Task Force shall meet at the call of | ||||||
23 | the State Superintendent of Education or his or her designee, | ||||||
24 | who shall serve as as the chairperson. The State Board of | ||||||
25 | Education shall provide administrative and other support to the | ||||||
26 | task force. Members of the task force shall serve without |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | compensation. | ||||||
2 | (e) The Whole Child Task Force shall submit a report of its | ||||||
3 | findings and recommendations to the General Assembly, the | ||||||
4 | Illinois Legislative Black Caucus, the State Board of | ||||||
5 | Education, and the Governor on or before February 1, 2022. Upon | ||||||
6 | submitting its report, the task force is dissolved. | ||||||
7 | (f) This Section is repealed on February 1, 2023.
| ||||||
8 | Article 35. | ||||||
9 | Section 35-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
10 | Infant/Early Childhood Mental Health Consultations Act. | ||||||
11 | References in this Article to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
12 | Section 35-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
13 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following: | ||||||
14 | (1) Social and emotional development is a core | ||||||
15 | developmental domain in young children and is codified in | ||||||
16 | the Illinois Early Learning Standards. | ||||||
17 | (2) Fostering social and emotional development in | ||||||
18 | early childhood means both providing the supportive | ||||||
19 | settings and interactions to maximize healthy social and | ||||||
20 | emotional development for all children, as well as | ||||||
21 | providing communities, programs, and providers with | ||||||
22 | systems of tiered supports with training to respond to more | ||||||
23 | significant social and emotional challenges or where |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | experiences of trauma may be more prevalent. | ||||||
2 | (3) Early care and education programs and providers, | ||||||
3 | across a range of settings, have an important role to play | ||||||
4 | in supporting young children and families, especially | ||||||
5 | those who face greater challenges, such as trauma exposure, | ||||||
6 | social isolation, pervasive poverty, and toxic stress; if | ||||||
7 | programs, teaching staff, caregivers, and providers are | ||||||
8 | not provided with the support, services, and training | ||||||
9 | needed to accomplish these goals, it can lead to children | ||||||
10 | and families being asked to leave programs, particularly | ||||||
11 | without connection to more appropriate services, thereby | ||||||
12 | creating a disruption in learning and social-emotional | ||||||
13 | development; investments in
reflective supervision, | ||||||
14 | professional development specific to diversity, equity and | ||||||
15 | inclusion practice, culturally responsive training, | ||||||
16 | implicit bias training, and how trauma experienced during | ||||||
17 | the early years can manifest in challenging behaviors will | ||||||
18 | create systems for serving children that are informed in | ||||||
19 | developmentally appropriate and responsive supports. | ||||||
20 | (4) Studies have shown that the expulsion of infants, | ||||||
21 | toddlers, and young children in early care and education | ||||||
22 | settings is occurring at alarmingly high rates, more than 3 | ||||||
23 | times that of students in K-12; further, expulsion occurs | ||||||
24 | more frequently for Black children and Latinx children and | ||||||
25 | more frequently for boys than for girls, with Black boys | ||||||
26 | being most frequently expelled; there is evidence to show |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that the expulsion of Black girls is occurring with | ||||||
2 | increasing frequency. | ||||||
3 | (5) Illinois took its first steps toward addressing | ||||||
4 | this disparity through Public Act 100-105 to prohibit | ||||||
5 | expulsion due to child behavior in early care and education | ||||||
6 | settings, but further work is needed to implement this law, | ||||||
7 | including strengthening provider understanding of a | ||||||
8 | successful transition and beginning to identify strategies | ||||||
9 | to reduce "soft expulsions" and to ensure more young | ||||||
10 | children and their teachers, providers, and caregivers, in | ||||||
11 | a range of early care and education settings, can benefit | ||||||
12 | from services, such as Infant/Early Childhood Mental | ||||||
13 | Health Consultations (I/ECMHC) and positive behavior | ||||||
14 | interventions and supports such as the Pyramid Model. | ||||||
15 | (6) I/ECMHC is a critical component needed to align | ||||||
16 | social-emotional well-being with the public health model | ||||||
17 | of promotion, prevention, and intervention across early | ||||||
18 | care and education systems. | ||||||
19 | (b) The General Assembly encourages that all of the | ||||||
20 | following actions be taken by: | ||||||
21 | (1) the State to increase the availability of | ||||||
22 | Infant/Early Childhood Mental Health Consultations | ||||||
23 | (I/ECMHC) through increased funding in early childhood | ||||||
24 | programs and sustainable funding for coordination of | ||||||
25 | I/ECMHC and other social and emotional support at the State | ||||||
26 | level; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) the Department of Human Services (IDHS), the | ||||||
2 | Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE), the Governor's | ||||||
3 | Office of Early Childhood Development (GOECD), and other | ||||||
4 | relevant agencies to develop and promote | ||||||
5 | provider-accessible and parent-accessible materials, | ||||||
6 | including native language, on the role and value of | ||||||
7 | I/ECMHC, including targeted promotion in underserved | ||||||
8 | communities, and promote the use of existing I/ECMHCs, the | ||||||
9 | I/ECMHC consultant database, or other existing services; | ||||||
10 | (3) the State to increase funding to promote and | ||||||
11 | provide training and implementation support for systems of | ||||||
12 | tiered support, such as the Pyramid Model, across early | ||||||
13 | childhood settings and urge DHS, ISBE, GOECD, and other | ||||||
14 | relevant State agencies to coordinate efforts and develop | ||||||
15 | strategies to provide outreach to and support providers in | ||||||
16 | underserved communities and communities with fewer | ||||||
17 | programmatic resources; and | ||||||
18 | (4) ISBE and DCFS to provide the data required by | ||||||
19 | Public Act 100-105, even if the data is incomplete at the | ||||||
20 | time due to data system challenges.
| ||||||
21 | Article 40. | ||||||
22 | Section 40-5. The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended by | ||||||
23 | adding Section 5-39 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (305 ILCS 5/5-39 new) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 5-39. Behavioral health services for children; | ||||||
3 | diagnostic assessment system. Beginning on July 1, 2022, if it | ||||||
4 | is necessary to provide a diagnostic code for behavioral health | ||||||
5 | services for children ages 5 and under, providers shall utilize | ||||||
6 | a developmentally appropriate and age-appropriate diagnostic | ||||||
7 | assessment system, such as the Diagnostic Classification of | ||||||
8 | Mental Health and Developmental Disorders of Infancy and Early | ||||||
9 | Childhood-Revised (DC:0-5), for diagnosis and treatment | ||||||
10 | planning. If necessary for billing purposes, the provider, | ||||||
11 | managed care organization, or Department shall utilize the | ||||||
12 | existing crosswalk tool to convert the developmentally | ||||||
13 | appropriate and age-appropriate diagnosis code to the relevant | ||||||
14 | code available in the State system. | ||||||
15 | By no later than January 1, 2022, the Department shall make | ||||||
16 | recommendations to the General Assembly on the resources needed | ||||||
17 | to integrate developmentally appropriate and age-appropriate | ||||||
18 | diagnostic codes into the State system.
| ||||||
19 | Article 45. | ||||||
20 | Section 45-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
21 | Early Childhood Workforce Act. References in this Article to | ||||||
22 | "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
23 | Section 45-5. Findings; policies. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following: | ||||||
2 | (1) Research shows that early childhood teacher | ||||||
3 | effectiveness is a predictor for positive developmental | ||||||
4 | and academic outcomes for children. | ||||||
5 | (2) The work of early childhood educators is | ||||||
6 | sophisticated and central to the healthy learning and | ||||||
7 | development of young children and takes place in a range of | ||||||
8 | settings, including schools, community-based centers, and | ||||||
9 | homes. | ||||||
10 | (3) It is critically important for children's outcomes | ||||||
11 | to have educators that reflect the diversity of the | ||||||
12 | families and communities they serve. | ||||||
13 | (4) The early childhood workforce is more racially | ||||||
14 | diverse than the K-12 workforce, and its members hold | ||||||
15 | degrees, have earned credentials, and have years of | ||||||
16 | experience in the field. | ||||||
17 | (5) The early childhood workforce, particularly those | ||||||
18 | working in community-based settings and those working with | ||||||
19 | infants and toddlers, often are not paid wages aligned to | ||||||
20 | the sophistication of their work and level of education. | ||||||
21 | (6) All regions and settings have difficulty finding | ||||||
22 | qualified teachers. | ||||||
23 | (7) A disproportionate number of Black and Latinx women | ||||||
24 | serve in essential, frontline positions but are | ||||||
25 | underrepresented as lead teachers and in program | ||||||
26 | leadership where credentials and degrees are required. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (8) The early childhood workforce faces multiple | ||||||
2 | barriers to additional credential and degree attainment | ||||||
3 | that lead to career advancement and higher levels of | ||||||
4 | compensation.
| ||||||
5 | (b) The General Assembly encourages all of the following: | ||||||
6 | (1) The Department of Human Services to undertake an | ||||||
7 | analysis of teacher data in the Gateways Registry to | ||||||
8 | determine those individuals who are close to their next | ||||||
9 | credential or degree, including information where | ||||||
10 | available in the Registry such as their geographic | ||||||
11 | location, demographics, work setting, and age groups of | ||||||
12 | children for whom they are responsible. | ||||||
13 | (2) The Department of Human Services to conduct | ||||||
14 | outreach and provide targeted coaching and access to | ||||||
15 | financial supports, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
16 | scholarships and debt relief, in a way that prioritizes | ||||||
17 | increasing the diversity of the teacher pipeline, | ||||||
18 | including bilingual providers and educators, regions of | ||||||
19 | the State with the highest need, and children in age groups | ||||||
20 | with the greatest teacher shortages. | ||||||
21 | (3) The State Board of Education to provide additional | ||||||
22 | financial support to candidates and provide this support to | ||||||
23 | all candidates regardless of the setting in which they work | ||||||
24 | and the credentials they are currently seeking, | ||||||
25 | prioritizing those by greatest need in the early childhood | ||||||
26 | field. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) The Department of Human Services to provide annual | ||||||
2 | reports on who receives these and other scholarships or | ||||||
3 | other financial support administered by the Department or | ||||||
4 | the State Board of Education by geographic location, | ||||||
5 | demographics, work setting, age groups of children served, | ||||||
6 | and credential/degree attainment as available. | ||||||
7 | (5) The Board of Higher Education, in the course of | ||||||
8 | their strategic planning process, to review the barriers | ||||||
9 | experienced by the early childhood workforce and by | ||||||
10 | teachers of color, in particular in accessing and | ||||||
11 | completing the needed coursework to attain additional | ||||||
12 | credentials and degrees, and to recommend policy or | ||||||
13 | practice changes to better meet the needs of this | ||||||
14 | workforce, which is largely comprised of non-traditional | ||||||
15 | students and women of color. | ||||||
16 | (6) The State Board of Education and the Department of | ||||||
17 | Human Services to prioritize reducing compensation | ||||||
18 | disparities between the early childhood workforce and | ||||||
19 | their K-12 counterparts and disparities within the early | ||||||
20 | childhood workforce between setting and age groups in which | ||||||
21 | they work, as funding becomes available.
| ||||||
22 | Article 50. | ||||||
23 | Section 50-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
24 | 2-3.183 and by changing Section 27-22 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.183 new) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 2-3.183. Review of university admission coursework. | ||||||
3 | (a) The State Board of Education shall make the review | ||||||
4 | compiled under Section 9.40 of the Board of Higher Education | ||||||
5 | Act available to the public on its Internet website. | ||||||
6 | (b) To ensure that every public high school student | ||||||
7 | understands the course expectations for admission into a public | ||||||
8 | university in this State, a school district must make available | ||||||
9 | to students in grades 8 through 12 and their parents or | ||||||
10 | guardians the review compiled under Section 9.40 of the Board | ||||||
11 | of Higher Education Act before the student's course schedule is | ||||||
12 | finalized for the student's particular grade level. | ||||||
13 | (c) To ensure that a public high school student is not | ||||||
14 | excluded from enrolling in a public university in this State | ||||||
15 | because of a lack of access to required or recommended | ||||||
16 | coursework, beginning with the 2022-2023 school year and each | ||||||
17 | school year thereafter, every public high school must provide | ||||||
18 | access to each course identified in the review compiled under | ||||||
19 | Section 9.40 of the Board of Higher Education Act to any of its | ||||||
20 | students who request to enroll in the course. If the public | ||||||
21 | high school is unable to offer the course through the school | ||||||
22 | district, the public high school must find an alternative way | ||||||
23 | to offer the course to the student, which may include | ||||||
24 | partnering with another school district, a community college | ||||||
25 | district, an institution of higher education, or some other |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | course provider. No student shall be excluded from | ||||||
2 | participation in a course identified in the review due to | ||||||
3 | financial reasons. Any course offered pursuant to this Section | ||||||
4 | as a dual credit course shall be developed and offered in | ||||||
5 | accordance with the Dual Credit Quality Act.
| ||||||
6 | (105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
| ||||||
8 | (a) (Blank).
| ||||||
9 | (b) (Blank). | ||||||
10 | (c) (Blank). | ||||||
11 | (d) (Blank). | ||||||
12 | (e) Through the 2023-2024 school year, as As a prerequisite | ||||||
13 | to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil
entering the 9th | ||||||
14 | grade must, in addition to other course requirements, | ||||||
15 | successfully
complete all of the following courses: | ||||||
16 | (1) Four years of language arts. | ||||||
17 | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of | ||||||
18 | which must be English and the other of which may be English | ||||||
19 | or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive | ||||||
20 | courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other | ||||||
21 | graduation requirements.
| ||||||
22 | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be | ||||||
23 | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and | ||||||
24 | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science | ||||||
25 | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, | ||||||
2 | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education | ||||||
3 | course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. | ||||||
4 | (4) Two years of science. | ||||||
5 | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one | ||||||
6 | year must be history of the United States or a combination | ||||||
7 | of history of the United States and American government | ||||||
8 | and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the | ||||||
9 | 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at | ||||||
10 | least one semester must be civics, which shall help young | ||||||
11 | people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and | ||||||
12 | attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and | ||||||
13 | responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course | ||||||
14 | content shall focus on government institutions, the | ||||||
15 | discussion of current and controversial issues, service | ||||||
16 | learning, and simulations of the democratic process. | ||||||
17 | School districts may utilize private funding available for | ||||||
18 | the purposes of offering civics education. | ||||||
19 | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) | ||||||
20 | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American | ||||||
21 | Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. | ||||||
22 | (e-5) Beginning with the 2024-2025 school year, as a | ||||||
23 | prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil | ||||||
24 | entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other course | ||||||
25 | requirements, successfully complete all of the following | ||||||
26 | courses: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) Four years of language arts. | ||||||
2 | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of | ||||||
3 | which must be English and the other of which may be English | ||||||
4 | or any other subject. If applicable, writing-intensive | ||||||
5 | courses may be counted toward the fulfillment of other | ||||||
6 | graduation requirements. | ||||||
7 | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be | ||||||
8 | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and | ||||||
9 | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science | ||||||
10 | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry | ||||||
11 | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, | ||||||
12 | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education | ||||||
13 | course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. | ||||||
14 | (4) Two years of laboratory science. | ||||||
15 | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one | ||||||
16 | year must be history of the United States or a combination | ||||||
17 | of history of the United States and American government and | ||||||
18 | at least one semester must be civics, which shall help | ||||||
19 | young people acquire and learn to use the skills, | ||||||
20 | knowledge, and attitudes that will prepare them to be | ||||||
21 | competent and responsible citizens throughout their lives. | ||||||
22 | Civics course content shall focus on government | ||||||
23 | institutions, the discussion of current and controversial | ||||||
24 | issues, service learning, and simulations of the | ||||||
25 | democratic process. School districts may utilize private | ||||||
26 | funding available for the purposes of offering civics |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | education. | ||||||
2 | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) | ||||||
3 | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American | ||||||
4 | Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. | ||||||
5 | (e-10) Beginning with the 2028-2029 school year, as a | ||||||
6 | prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil | ||||||
7 | entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other course | ||||||
8 | requirements, successfully complete 2 years of foreign | ||||||
9 | language courses, which may include American Sign Language. A | ||||||
10 | pupil may choose a third year of foreign language to satisfy | ||||||
11 | the requirement under paragraph (6) of subsection (e-5). | ||||||
12 | (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform | ||||||
13 | school districts of standards for writing-intensive | ||||||
14 | coursework.
| ||||||
15 | (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement | ||||||
16 | computer science course to high school students, then the | ||||||
17 | school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high | ||||||
18 | school mathematics course and must denote on the student's | ||||||
19 | transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course | ||||||
20 | qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for | ||||||
21 | students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e) | ||||||
22 | of this Section. | ||||||
23 | (g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils | ||||||
24 | entering the 9th grade
in 1983-1984 school year and prior | ||||||
25 | school years or to students
with disabilities whose course of | ||||||
26 | study is determined by an individualized
education program.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not | ||||||
2 | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school | ||||||
3 | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities | ||||||
4 | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||||||
5 | education program.
| ||||||
6 | Subsection (e-5) does not apply
to pupils entering the 9th | ||||||
7 | grade in the 2023-2024 school year or a prior
school year or to | ||||||
8 | students with disabilities whose course of study is
determined | ||||||
9 | by an individualized education program. Subsection (e-10) does | ||||||
10 | not apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2027-2028 | ||||||
11 | school year or a prior
school year or to students with | ||||||
12 | disabilities whose course of study is
determined by an | ||||||
13 | individualized education program. | ||||||
14 | (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the | ||||||
15 | provisions of
Section
27-22.05 of this Code and the | ||||||
16 | Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
| ||||||
17 | (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify | ||||||
18 | the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in | ||||||
19 | grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due | ||||||
20 | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
21 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20; | ||||||
23 | 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
24 | Section 50-10. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended | ||||||
25 | by adding Section 9.40 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (110 ILCS 205/9.40 new) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 9.40. Review of university admission coursework. | ||||||
3 | (a) On or before May 1, 2021 and as needed thereafter, the | ||||||
4 | Board of Higher Education shall compile a review that | ||||||
5 | identifies, for each public university in this State, all | ||||||
6 | courses the university will require or recommend a high school | ||||||
7 | student take to be admitted to the university as an | ||||||
8 | undergraduate student for the following school year. The review | ||||||
9 | shall also include any required coursework or recommended | ||||||
10 | coursework for a undergraduate admission into a specific | ||||||
11 | academic major, college, or department of the university for | ||||||
12 | the following school year. In order to allow public school | ||||||
13 | districts sufficient time to fulfill their obligations under | ||||||
14 | subsection (c) of Section 2-3.183 of the School Code, the | ||||||
15 | review must also identify any new courses that each public | ||||||
16 | university in this State will add to the review the following | ||||||
17 | year. No new required or recommended coursework may be added to | ||||||
18 | a review that has not been identified in the previous year's | ||||||
19 | review. | ||||||
20 | (b) The Board of Higher Education shall make the review | ||||||
21 | compiled under subsection (a) available to the public on its | ||||||
22 | Internet website. | ||||||
23 | (c) The Board of Higher Education may adopt any rules | ||||||
24 | necessary to implement this Section.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Article 60. | ||||||
2 | Section 60-5. The School Code is amended by adding Sections | ||||||
3 | 2-3.185, 10-20.73, 10-20.74, and 27-23.15 and by changing | ||||||
4 | Sections 10-17a and 27-22 as follows:
| ||||||
5 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.185 new) | ||||||
6 | Sec. 2-3.185. Computer science standards and courses. On or | ||||||
7 | before December 1, 2021, the State Board of Education shall: | ||||||
8 | (1) develop or adopt rigorous learning standards in the | ||||||
9 | area of computer science; and | ||||||
10 | (2) analyze and revise, if appropriate, existing | ||||||
11 | course titles dedicated to computer science or develop a | ||||||
12 | short list of existing course titles that are recommended | ||||||
13 | for computer science courses.
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/10-17a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17a)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 10-17a. State, school district, and school report | ||||||
16 | cards.
| ||||||
17 | (1) By October 31, 2013 and October 31 of each subsequent | ||||||
18 | school year, the State Board of Education, through the State | ||||||
19 | Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a State report card, | ||||||
20 | school district report cards, and school report cards, and | ||||||
21 | shall by the most economic means provide to each school
| ||||||
22 | district in this State, including special charter districts and | ||||||
23 | districts
subject to the provisions of Article 34, the report |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | cards for the school district and each of its schools. | ||||||
2 | (2) In addition to any information required by federal law, | ||||||
3 | the State Superintendent shall determine the indicators and | ||||||
4 | presentation of the school report card, which must include, at | ||||||
5 | a minimum, the most current data collected and maintained by | ||||||
6 | the State Board of Education related to the following: | ||||||
7 | (A) school characteristics and student demographics, | ||||||
8 | including average class size, average teaching experience, | ||||||
9 | student racial/ethnic breakdown, and the percentage of | ||||||
10 | students classified as low-income; the percentage of | ||||||
11 | students classified as English learners; the percentage of | ||||||
12 | students who have individualized education plans or 504 | ||||||
13 | plans that provide for special education services; the | ||||||
14 | number and percentage of all students who have been | ||||||
15 | assessed for placement in a gifted education or advanced | ||||||
16 | academic program and, of those students: (i) the racial and | ||||||
17 | ethnic breakdown, (ii) the percentage who are classified as | ||||||
18 | low-income, and (iii) the number and percentage of students | ||||||
19 | who received direct instruction from a teacher who holds a | ||||||
20 | gifted education endorsement and, of those students, the | ||||||
21 | percentage who are classified as low-income; the | ||||||
22 | percentage of students scoring at the "exceeds | ||||||
23 | expectations" level on the assessments required under | ||||||
24 | Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code; the percentage of students | ||||||
25 | who annually transferred in or out of the school district; | ||||||
26 | average daily attendance; the per-pupil operating |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | expenditure of the school district; and the per-pupil State | ||||||
2 | average operating expenditure for the district type | ||||||
3 | (elementary, high school, or unit); | ||||||
4 | (B) curriculum information, including, where | ||||||
5 | applicable, Advanced Placement, International | ||||||
6 | Baccalaureate or equivalent courses, dual enrollment | ||||||
7 | courses, foreign language classes, computer science | ||||||
8 | courses, school personnel resources (including Career | ||||||
9 | Technical Education teachers), before and after school | ||||||
10 | programs, extracurricular activities, subjects in which | ||||||
11 | elective classes are offered, health and wellness | ||||||
12 | initiatives (including the average number of days of | ||||||
13 | Physical Education per week per student), approved | ||||||
14 | programs of study, awards received, community | ||||||
15 | partnerships, and special programs such as programming for | ||||||
16 | the gifted and talented, students with disabilities, and | ||||||
17 | work-study students; | ||||||
18 | (C) student outcomes, including, where applicable, the | ||||||
19 | percentage of students deemed proficient on assessments of | ||||||
20 | State standards, the percentage of students in the eighth | ||||||
21 | grade who pass Algebra, the percentage of students who | ||||||
22 | participated in workplace learning experiences, the | ||||||
23 | percentage of students enrolled in post-secondary | ||||||
24 | institutions (including colleges, universities, community | ||||||
25 | colleges, trade/vocational schools, and training programs | ||||||
26 | leading to career certification within 2 semesters of high |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school graduation), the percentage of students graduating | ||||||
2 | from high school who are college and career ready, and the | ||||||
3 | percentage of graduates enrolled in community colleges, | ||||||
4 | colleges, and universities who are in one or more courses | ||||||
5 | that the community college, college, or university | ||||||
6 | identifies as a developmental course; | ||||||
7 | (D) student progress, including, where applicable, the | ||||||
8 | percentage of students in the ninth grade who have earned 5 | ||||||
9 | credits or more without failing more than one core class, a | ||||||
10 | measure of students entering kindergarten ready to learn, a | ||||||
11 | measure of growth, and the percentage of students who enter | ||||||
12 | high school on track for college and career readiness; | ||||||
13 | (E) the school environment, including, where | ||||||
14 | applicable, the percentage of students with less than 10 | ||||||
15 | absences in a school year, the percentage of teachers with | ||||||
16 | less than 10 absences in a school year for reasons other | ||||||
17 | than professional development, leaves taken pursuant to | ||||||
18 | the federal Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, long-term | ||||||
19 | disability, or parental leaves, the 3-year average of the | ||||||
20 | percentage of teachers returning to the school from the | ||||||
21 | previous year, the number of different principals at the | ||||||
22 | school in the last 6 years, the number of teachers who hold | ||||||
23 | a gifted education endorsement, the process and criteria | ||||||
24 | used by the district to determine whether a student is | ||||||
25 | eligible for participation in a gifted education program or | ||||||
26 | advanced academic program and the manner in which parents |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and guardians are made aware of the process and criteria, 2 | ||||||
2 | or more indicators from any school climate survey selected | ||||||
3 | or approved by the State and administered pursuant to | ||||||
4 | Section 2-3.153 of this Code, with the same or similar | ||||||
5 | indicators included on school report cards for all surveys | ||||||
6 | selected or approved by the State pursuant to Section | ||||||
7 | 2-3.153 of this Code, and the combined percentage of | ||||||
8 | teachers rated as proficient or excellent in their most | ||||||
9 | recent evaluation; | ||||||
10 | (F) a school district's and its individual schools' | ||||||
11 | balanced accountability measure, in accordance with | ||||||
12 | Section 2-3.25a of this Code; | ||||||
13 | (G) the total and per pupil normal cost amount the | ||||||
14 | State contributed to the Teachers' Retirement System of the | ||||||
15 | State of Illinois in the prior fiscal year for the school's | ||||||
16 | employees, which shall be reported to the State Board of | ||||||
17 | Education by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State | ||||||
18 | of Illinois; | ||||||
19 | (H) for a school district organized under Article 34 of | ||||||
20 | this Code only, State contributions to the Public School | ||||||
21 | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago and State | ||||||
22 | contributions for health care for employees of that school | ||||||
23 | district; | ||||||
24 | (I) a school district's Final Percent of Adequacy, as | ||||||
25 | defined in paragraph (4) of subsection (f) of Section | ||||||
26 | 18-8.15 of this Code; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (J) a school district's Local Capacity Target, as | ||||||
2 | defined in paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of Section | ||||||
3 | 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount; | ||||||
4 | (K) a school district's Real Receipts, as defined in | ||||||
5 | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 18-8.15 of this | ||||||
6 | Code, divided by a school district's Adequacy Target, as | ||||||
7 | defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
8 | 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount; | ||||||
9 | (L) a school district's administrative costs; and | ||||||
10 | (M) whether or not the school has participated in the | ||||||
11 | Illinois Youth Survey. In this paragraph (M), "Illinois | ||||||
12 | Youth Survey" means a self-report survey, administered in | ||||||
13 | school settings every 2 years, designed to gather | ||||||
14 | information about health and social indicators, including | ||||||
15 | substance abuse patterns and the attitudes of students in | ||||||
16 | grades 8, 10, and 12; and | ||||||
17 | (N) whether the school offered its students career and | ||||||
18 | technical education opportunities. | ||||||
19 | The school report card shall also provide
information that | ||||||
20 | allows for comparing the current outcome, progress, and | ||||||
21 | environment data to the State average, to the school data from | ||||||
22 | the past 5 years, and to the outcomes, progress, and | ||||||
23 | environment of similar schools based on the type of school and | ||||||
24 | enrollment of low-income students, special education students, | ||||||
25 | and English learners.
| ||||||
26 | As used in this subsection (2): |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Administrative costs" means costs associated with | ||||||
2 | executive, administrative, or managerial functions within the | ||||||
3 | school district that involve planning, organizing, managing, | ||||||
4 | or directing the school district. | ||||||
5 | "Advanced academic program" means a course of study to | ||||||
6 | which students are assigned based on advanced cognitive ability | ||||||
7 | or advanced academic achievement compared to local age peers | ||||||
8 | and in which the curriculum is substantially differentiated | ||||||
9 | from the general curriculum to provide appropriate challenge | ||||||
10 | and pace. | ||||||
11 | "Computer science" means the study of computers and | ||||||
12 | algorithms, including their principles, their hardware and | ||||||
13 | software designs, their implementation, and their impact on | ||||||
14 | society. "Computer science" does not include the study of | ||||||
15 | everyday uses of computers and computer applications, such as | ||||||
16 | keyboarding or accessing the Internet. | ||||||
17 | "Gifted education" means educational services, including | ||||||
18 | differentiated curricula and instructional methods, designed | ||||||
19 | to meet the needs of gifted children as defined in Article 14A | ||||||
20 | of this Code. | ||||||
21 | For the purposes of paragraph (A) of this subsection (2), | ||||||
22 | "average daily attendance" means the average of the actual | ||||||
23 | number of attendance days during the previous school year for | ||||||
24 | any enrolled student who is subject to compulsory attendance by | ||||||
25 | Section 26-1 of this Code at each school and charter school. | ||||||
26 | (3) At the discretion of the State Superintendent, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school district report card shall include a subset of the | ||||||
2 | information identified in paragraphs (A) through (E) of | ||||||
3 | subsection (2) of this Section, as well as information relating | ||||||
4 | to the operating expense per pupil and other finances of the | ||||||
5 | school district, and the State report card shall include a | ||||||
6 | subset of the information identified in paragraphs (A) through | ||||||
7 | (E) and paragraph (N) of subsection (2) of this Section. The | ||||||
8 | school district report card shall include the average daily | ||||||
9 | attendance, as that term is defined in subsection (2) of this | ||||||
10 | Section, of students who have individualized education | ||||||
11 | programs and students who have 504 plans that provide for | ||||||
12 | special education services within the school district. | ||||||
13 | (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this | ||||||
14 | Section, in consultation with key education stakeholders, the | ||||||
15 | State Superintendent shall at any time have the discretion to | ||||||
16 | amend or update any and all metrics on the school, district, or | ||||||
17 | State report card. | ||||||
18 | (5) Annually, no more than 30 calendar days after receipt | ||||||
19 | of the school district and school report cards from the State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent of Education, each school district, including | ||||||
21 | special charter districts and districts subject to the | ||||||
22 | provisions of Article 34, shall present such report
cards at a | ||||||
23 | regular school board meeting subject to
applicable notice | ||||||
24 | requirements, post the report cards
on the
school district's | ||||||
25 | Internet web site, if the district maintains an Internet web
| ||||||
26 | site, make the report cards
available
to a newspaper of general |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | circulation serving the district, and, upon
request, send the | ||||||
2 | report cards
home to a parent (unless the district does not | ||||||
3 | maintain an Internet web site,
in which case
the report card | ||||||
4 | shall be sent home to parents without request). If the
district | ||||||
5 | posts the report card on its Internet web
site, the district
| ||||||
6 | shall send a
written notice home to parents stating (i) that | ||||||
7 | the report card is available on
the web site,
(ii) the address | ||||||
8 | of the web site, (iii) that a printed copy of the report card
| ||||||
9 | will be sent to
parents upon request, and (iv) the telephone | ||||||
10 | number that parents may
call to
request a printed copy of the | ||||||
11 | report card.
| ||||||
12 | (6) Nothing contained in Public Act 98-648 repeals, | ||||||
13 | supersedes, invalidates, or nullifies final decisions in | ||||||
14 | lawsuits pending on July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public | ||||||
15 | Act 98-648) in Illinois courts involving the interpretation of | ||||||
16 | Public Act 97-8. | ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 100-227, eff. 8-18-17; 100-364, eff. 1-1-18; | ||||||
18 | 100-448, eff. 7-1-19; 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-807, eff. | ||||||
19 | 8-10-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 100-1121, eff. 1-1-19; 101-68, | ||||||
20 | eff. 1-1-20; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; revised 9-9-19.)
| ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.73 new) | ||||||
22 | Sec. 10-20.73. Computer literacy skills. All school | ||||||
23 | districts shall ensure that students receive developmentally | ||||||
24 | appropriate opportunities to gain computer literacy skills | ||||||
25 | beginning in elementary school.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.74 new) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 10-20.74. Educational technology capacity and | ||||||
3 | policies; report. School districts shall submit to the State | ||||||
4 | Board of Education, or its designee, an annual report that | ||||||
5 | shall include, at a minimum, information regarding educational | ||||||
6 | technology capacity and policies, including device | ||||||
7 | availability for students, school-based access and | ||||||
8 | infrastructure, professional learning and training | ||||||
9 | opportunities, and documentation of developmentally | ||||||
10 | appropriate computer literacy instruction embedded in the | ||||||
11 | district's curriculum at each grade level.
| ||||||
12 | (105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
| ||||||
14 | (a) (Blank).
| ||||||
15 | (b) (Blank). | ||||||
16 | (c) (Blank). | ||||||
17 | (d) (Blank). | ||||||
18 | (e) As a prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, | ||||||
19 | each pupil
entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other | ||||||
20 | course requirements, successfully
complete all of the | ||||||
21 | following courses: | ||||||
22 | (1) Four years of language arts. | ||||||
23 | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of | ||||||
24 | which must be English and the other of which may be English |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive | ||||||
2 | courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other | ||||||
3 | graduation requirements.
| ||||||
4 | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be | ||||||
5 | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and | ||||||
6 | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science | ||||||
7 | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry | ||||||
8 | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, | ||||||
9 | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education | ||||||
10 | course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. | ||||||
11 | (3.5) For pupils entering the 9th grade in the | ||||||
12 | 2022-2023 school year and each school year thereafter, one | ||||||
13 | year of a course that includes intensive instruction in | ||||||
14 | computer literacy, which may be English, social studies, or | ||||||
15 | any other subject and which may be counted toward the | ||||||
16 | fulfillment of other graduation requirements. | ||||||
17 | (4) Two years of science. | ||||||
18 | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one | ||||||
19 | year must be history of the United States or a combination | ||||||
20 | of history of the United States and American government | ||||||
21 | and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the | ||||||
22 | 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at | ||||||
23 | least one semester must be civics, which shall help young | ||||||
24 | people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and | ||||||
25 | attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and | ||||||
26 | responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | content shall focus on government institutions, the | ||||||
2 | discussion of current and controversial issues, service | ||||||
3 | learning, and simulations of the democratic process. | ||||||
4 | School districts may utilize private funding available for | ||||||
5 | the purposes of offering civics education. | ||||||
6 | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) | ||||||
7 | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American | ||||||
8 | Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. | ||||||
9 | (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform | ||||||
10 | school districts of standards for writing-intensive | ||||||
11 | coursework.
| ||||||
12 | (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement | ||||||
13 | computer science course to high school students, then the | ||||||
14 | school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high | ||||||
15 | school mathematics course and must denote on the student's | ||||||
16 | transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course | ||||||
17 | qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for | ||||||
18 | students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e) | ||||||
19 | of this Section. | ||||||
20 | (g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils | ||||||
21 | entering the 9th grade
in 1983-1984 school year and prior | ||||||
22 | school years or to students
with disabilities whose course of | ||||||
23 | study is determined by an individualized
education program.
| ||||||
24 | This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not | ||||||
25 | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school | ||||||
26 | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||||||
2 | education program.
| ||||||
3 | This amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly does not | ||||||
4 | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2021-2022 school | ||||||
5 | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities | ||||||
6 | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||||||
7 | education program. | ||||||
8 | (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the | ||||||
9 | provisions of
Section
27-22.05 of this Code and the | ||||||
10 | Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
| ||||||
11 | (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify | ||||||
12 | the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in | ||||||
13 | grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due | ||||||
14 | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
15 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20; | ||||||
17 | 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
18 | (105 ILCS 5/27-23.15 new) | ||||||
19 | Sec. 27-23.15. Computer science. | ||||||
20 | (a) In this Section, "computer science" means the study of | ||||||
21 | computers and algorithms, including their principles, their | ||||||
22 | hardware and software designs, their implementation, and their | ||||||
23 | impact on society. "Computer science" does not include the | ||||||
24 | study of everyday uses of computers and computer applications, | ||||||
25 | such as keyboarding or accessing the Internet. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) Beginning with the 2023-2024 school year, the school | ||||||
2 | board of a school district that maintains any of grades 9 | ||||||
3 | through 12 shall provide an opportunity for every high school | ||||||
4 | student to take at least one computer science course aligned to | ||||||
5 | rigorous learning standards of the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
6 | Article 65. | ||||||
7 | Section 65-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
8 | Sections 14A-10 and 14A-32 as follows:
| ||||||
9 | (105 ILCS 5/14A-10)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 14A-10. Legislative findings. The General Assembly | ||||||
11 | finds the following: | ||||||
12 | (1) that gifted and talented children (i) exhibit high | ||||||
13 | performance capabilities in intellectual, creative, and | ||||||
14 | artistic areas, (ii) possess an exceptional leadership | ||||||
15 | potential, (iii) excel in specific academic fields, and | ||||||
16 | (iv) have the potential to be influential in business, | ||||||
17 | government, health care, the arts, and other critical | ||||||
18 | sectors of our economic and cultural environment; | ||||||
19 | (2) that gifted and talented children require services | ||||||
20 | and activities that are not ordinarily provided by schools; | ||||||
21 | and | ||||||
22 | (3) that outstanding talents are present in children | ||||||
23 | and youth from all cultural groups, across all economic |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | strata, and in all areas of human endeavor ; and . | ||||||
2 | (4) that inequitable access to advanced coursework and | ||||||
3 | enrollment in accelerated placement programs exists | ||||||
4 | between children enrolled in different school districts | ||||||
5 | and even within the same school district and more must be | ||||||
6 | done to eliminate the barriers to access to advanced | ||||||
7 | coursework and enrollment in accelerated placement | ||||||
8 | programs for all children.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 94-151, eff. 7-8-05; 94-410, eff. 8-2-05.)
| ||||||
10 | (105 ILCS 5/14A-32) | ||||||
11 | Sec. 14A-32. Accelerated placement; school district | ||||||
12 | responsibilities. | ||||||
13 | (a) Each school district shall have a policy that allows | ||||||
14 | for accelerated placement that includes or incorporates by | ||||||
15 | reference the following components: | ||||||
16 | (1) a provision that provides that participation in | ||||||
17 | accelerated placement is not limited to those children who | ||||||
18 | have been identified as gifted and talented, but rather is | ||||||
19 | open to all children who demonstrate high ability and who | ||||||
20 | may benefit from accelerated placement; | ||||||
21 | (2) a fair and equitable decision-making process that | ||||||
22 | involves multiple persons and includes a student's parents | ||||||
23 | or guardians; | ||||||
24 | (3) procedures for notifying parents or guardians of a | ||||||
25 | child of a decision affecting that child's participation in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | an accelerated placement program; and | ||||||
2 | (4) an assessment process that includes multiple | ||||||
3 | valid, reliable indicators. | ||||||
4 | (a-5) By no later than the beginning of the 2023-2024 | ||||||
5 | school year, a school district's accelerated placement policy | ||||||
6 | shall allow for the automatic enrollment, in the following | ||||||
7 | school term, of a student into the next most rigorous level of | ||||||
8 | advanced coursework offered by the high school if the student | ||||||
9 | meets or exceeds State standards in English language arts, | ||||||
10 | mathematics, or science on a State assessment administered | ||||||
11 | under Section 2-3.64a-5 as follows: | ||||||
12 | (1) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in | ||||||
13 | English language arts shall be automatically enrolled into | ||||||
14 | the next most rigorous level of advanced coursework in | ||||||
15 | English, social studies, humanities, or related subjects. | ||||||
16 | (2) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in | ||||||
17 | mathematics shall be automatically enrolled into the next | ||||||
18 | most rigorous level of advanced coursework in mathematics. | ||||||
19 | (3) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in | ||||||
20 | science shall be automatically enrolled into the next most | ||||||
21 | rigorous level of advanced coursework in science. | ||||||
22 | The next most rigorous level of advanced coursework under | ||||||
23 | this subsection (a-5) may include a dual credit course, as | ||||||
24 | defined in the Dual Credit Quality Act, an Advanced Placement | ||||||
25 | course as defined in Section 10 of the College and Career | ||||||
26 | Success for All Students Act, an International Baccalaureate |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | course, an honors class, an enrichment opportunity, a gifted | ||||||
2 | program, or another program offered by the district. | ||||||
3 | A school district may use the student's most recent State | ||||||
4 | assessment results to determine whether a student meets or | ||||||
5 | exceeds State standards. For a student entering grade 9, | ||||||
6 | results from the State assessment taken in grades 6 through 8 | ||||||
7 | may be used. For other high school grades, the results from a | ||||||
8 | locally selected, nationally normed assessment may be used | ||||||
9 | instead of the State assessment if those results are the most | ||||||
10 | recent. | ||||||
11 | A school district must provide the parent or guardian of a | ||||||
12 | student eligible for automatic enrollment under this | ||||||
13 | subsection (a-5) with the option to instead have the student | ||||||
14 | enroll in alternative coursework that better aligns with the | ||||||
15 | student's postsecondary education or career goals. | ||||||
16 | Nothing in this subsection (a-5) may be interpreted to | ||||||
17 | preclude other students from enrolling in advanced coursework | ||||||
18 | per the policy of a school district. | ||||||
19 | (b) Further, a school district's accelerated placement | ||||||
20 | policy may include or incorporate by reference, but need not be | ||||||
21 | limited to, the following components: | ||||||
22 | (1) procedures for annually informing the community | ||||||
23 | at-large, including parents or guardians, community-based | ||||||
24 | organizations, and providers of out-of-school programs, | ||||||
25 | about the accelerated placement program and the methods | ||||||
26 | used for the identification of children eligible for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | accelerated placement , including strategies to reach | ||||||
2 | groups of students and families who have been historically | ||||||
3 | underrepresented in accelerated placement programs and | ||||||
4 | advanced coursework ; | ||||||
5 | (2) a process for referral that allows for multiple | ||||||
6 | referrers, including a child's parents or guardians; other | ||||||
7 | referrers may include licensed education professionals, | ||||||
8 | the child, with the written consent of a parent or | ||||||
9 | guardian, a peer, through a licensed education | ||||||
10 | professional who has knowledge of the referred child's | ||||||
11 | abilities, or, in case of possible early entrance, a | ||||||
12 | preschool educator, pediatrician, or psychologist who | ||||||
13 | knows the child; and | ||||||
14 | (3) a provision that provides that children | ||||||
15 | participating in an accelerated placement program and | ||||||
16 | their parents or guardians will be provided a written plan | ||||||
17 | detailing the type of acceleration the child will receive | ||||||
18 | and strategies to support the child ; . | ||||||
19 | (4) procedures to provide support and promote success | ||||||
20 | for students who are newly enrolled in an accelerated | ||||||
21 | placement program; and | ||||||
22 | (5) a process for the school district to review and | ||||||
23 | utilize disaggregated data on participation in an | ||||||
24 | accelerated placement program to address gaps among | ||||||
25 | demographic groups in accelerated placement opportunities. | ||||||
26 | (c) The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | determine data to be collected and disaggregated by demographic | ||||||
2 | group regarding accelerated placement , including the rates of | ||||||
3 | students who participate in and successfully complete advanced | ||||||
4 | coursework, and a method of making the information available to | ||||||
5 | the public.
| ||||||
6 | (d) On or before November 1, 2022, following a review of | ||||||
7 | disaggregated data on the participation and successful | ||||||
8 | completion rates of students enrolled in an accelerated | ||||||
9 | placement program, each school district shall develop a plan to | ||||||
10 | expand access to its accelerated placement program and to | ||||||
11 | ensure the teaching capacity necessary to meet the increased | ||||||
12 | demand. | ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 100-421, eff. 7-1-18 .)
| ||||||
14 | Article 70. | ||||||
15 | Section 70-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
16 | Section 22-45 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (105 ILCS 5/22-45) | ||||||
18 | Sec. 22-45. Illinois P-20 Council. | ||||||
19 | (a) The General Assembly finds that preparing Illinoisans | ||||||
20 | for success in school and the workplace requires a continuum of | ||||||
21 | quality education from preschool through graduate school. This | ||||||
22 | State needs a framework to guide education policy and integrate | ||||||
23 | education at every level. A statewide coordinating council to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | study and make recommendations concerning education at all | ||||||
2 | levels can avoid fragmentation of policies, promote improved | ||||||
3 | teaching and learning, and continue to cultivate and | ||||||
4 | demonstrate strong accountability and efficiency. Establishing | ||||||
5 | an Illinois P-20 Council will develop a statewide agenda that | ||||||
6 | will move the State towards the common goals of improving | ||||||
7 | academic achievement, increasing college access and success, | ||||||
8 | improving use of existing data and measurements, developing | ||||||
9 | improved accountability, fostering innovative approaches to | ||||||
10 | education, promoting lifelong learning, easing the transition | ||||||
11 | to college, and reducing remediation. A pre-kindergarten | ||||||
12 | through grade 20 agenda will strengthen this State's economic | ||||||
13 | competitiveness by producing a highly-skilled workforce. In | ||||||
14 | addition, lifelong learning plans will enhance this State's | ||||||
15 | ability to leverage funding. | ||||||
16 | (b) There is created the Illinois P-20 Council. The | ||||||
17 | Illinois P-20 Council shall include all of the following | ||||||
18 | members: | ||||||
19 | (1) The Governor or his or her designee, to serve as | ||||||
20 | chairperson. | ||||||
21 | (2) Four members of the General Assembly, one appointed | ||||||
22 | by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, one | ||||||
23 | appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of | ||||||
24 | Representatives, one appointed by the President of the | ||||||
25 | Senate, and one appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
26 | Senate. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) Six at-large members appointed by the Governor as | ||||||
2 | follows, with 2 members being from the City of Chicago, 2
| ||||||
3 | members being from Lake County, McHenry County, Kane
| ||||||
4 | County, DuPage County, Will County, or that part of Cook
| ||||||
5 | County outside of the City of Chicago, and 2 members being
| ||||||
6 | from the remainder of the State: | ||||||
7 | (A) one representative of civic leaders; | ||||||
8 | (B) one representative of local government; | ||||||
9 | (C) one representative of trade unions; | ||||||
10 | (D) one representative of nonprofit organizations | ||||||
11 | or foundations; | ||||||
12 | (E) one representative of parents' organizations; | ||||||
13 | and | ||||||
14 | (F) one education research expert. | ||||||
15 | (4) Five members appointed by statewide business | ||||||
16 | organizations and business trade associations. | ||||||
17 | (5) Six members appointed by statewide professional | ||||||
18 | organizations and associations representing | ||||||
19 | pre-kindergarten through grade 20 teachers, community | ||||||
20 | college faculty, and public university faculty. | ||||||
21 | (6) Two members appointed by associations representing | ||||||
22 | local school administrators and school board members. One | ||||||
23 | of these members must be a special education administrator. | ||||||
24 | (7) One member representing community colleges, | ||||||
25 | appointed by the Illinois Council of Community College | ||||||
26 | Presidents. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (8) One member representing 4-year independent | ||||||
2 | colleges and universities, appointed by a statewide | ||||||
3 | organization representing private institutions of higher | ||||||
4 | learning. | ||||||
5 | (9) One member representing public 4-year | ||||||
6 | universities, appointed jointly by the university | ||||||
7 | presidents and chancellors. | ||||||
8 | (10) Ex-officio members as follows: | ||||||
9 | (A) The State Superintendent of Education or his or | ||||||
10 | her designee. | ||||||
11 | (B) The Executive Director of the Board of Higher
| ||||||
12 | Education or his or her designee. | ||||||
13 | (C) The Executive Director of the Illinois | ||||||
14 | Community College Board or his or her designee. | ||||||
15 | (D) The Executive Director of the Illinois Student | ||||||
16 | Assistance Commission or his or her designee. | ||||||
17 | (E) The Co-chairpersons of the Illinois Workforce | ||||||
18 | Investment Board or their designee. | ||||||
19 | (F) The Director of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
20 | Opportunity or his or her designee. | ||||||
21 | (G) The Chairperson of the Illinois Early Learning | ||||||
22 | Council or his or her designee. | ||||||
23 | (H) The President of the Illinois Mathematics and | ||||||
24 | Science Academy or his or her designee. | ||||||
25 | (I) The president of an association representing | ||||||
26 | educators of adult learners or his or her
designee. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Ex-officio members shall have no vote on the Illinois P-20 | ||||||
2 | Council. | ||||||
3 | Appointed members shall serve for staggered terms expiring | ||||||
4 | on July 1 of the first, second, or third calendar year | ||||||
5 | following their appointments or until their successors are | ||||||
6 | appointed and have qualified. Staggered terms shall be | ||||||
7 | determined by lot at the organizing meeting of the Illinois | ||||||
8 | P-20 Council. | ||||||
9 | Vacancies shall be filled in the same manner as original | ||||||
10 | appointments, and any member so appointed shall serve during | ||||||
11 | the remainder of the term for which the vacancy occurred. | ||||||
12 | (c) The Illinois P-20 Council shall be funded through State | ||||||
13 | appropriations to support staff activities, research, | ||||||
14 | data-collection, and dissemination. The Illinois P-20 Council | ||||||
15 | shall be staffed by the Office of the Governor, in coordination | ||||||
16 | with relevant State agencies, boards, and commissions. The | ||||||
17 | Illinois Education Research Council shall provide research and | ||||||
18 | coordinate research collection activities for the Illinois | ||||||
19 | P-20 Council. | ||||||
20 | (d) The Illinois P-20 Council shall have all of the | ||||||
21 | following duties: | ||||||
22 | (1) To make recommendations to do all of the following: | ||||||
23 | (A) Coordinate pre-kindergarten through grade 20 | ||||||
24 | (graduate school) education in this State through | ||||||
25 | working at the intersections of educational systems to | ||||||
26 | promote collaborative infrastructure. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (B) Coordinate and leverage strategies, actions, | ||||||
2 | legislation, policies, and resources of all | ||||||
3 | stakeholders to support fundamental and lasting | ||||||
4 | improvement in this State's public schools, community | ||||||
5 | colleges, and universities. | ||||||
6 | (C) Better align the high school curriculum with | ||||||
7 | postsecondary expectations. | ||||||
8 | (D) Better align assessments across all levels of | ||||||
9 | education. | ||||||
10 | (E) Reduce the need for students entering | ||||||
11 | institutions of higher education to take remedial | ||||||
12 | courses. | ||||||
13 | (F) Smooth the transition from high school to | ||||||
14 | college. | ||||||
15 | (G) Improve high school and college graduation | ||||||
16 | rates. | ||||||
17 | (H) Improve the rigor and relevance of academic | ||||||
18 | standards for college and workforce readiness. | ||||||
19 | (I) Better align college and university teaching | ||||||
20 | programs with the needs of Illinois schools. | ||||||
21 | (2) To advise the Governor, the General Assembly, the | ||||||
22 | State's education and higher education agencies, and the
| ||||||
23 | State's workforce and economic development boards and
| ||||||
24 | agencies on policies related to lifelong learning for | ||||||
25 | Illinois students and families. | ||||||
26 | (3) To articulate a framework for systemic educational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | improvement and innovation that will enable every student | ||||||
2 | to meet or exceed Illinois learning standards and be | ||||||
3 | well-prepared to succeed in the workforce and community. | ||||||
4 | (4) To provide an estimated fiscal impact for | ||||||
5 | implementation of all Council recommendations. | ||||||
6 | (5) To make recommendations for short-term and | ||||||
7 | long-term learning recovery actions for public school | ||||||
8 | students in this State in the wake of the COVID-19 | ||||||
9 | pandemic. The Illinois P-20 Council shall submit a report | ||||||
10 | with its recommendations for a multi-year recovery plan by | ||||||
11 | December 31, 2021 to the Governor, the State Board of | ||||||
12 | Education, the Board of Higher Education, the Illinois | ||||||
13 | Community College Board, and the General Assembly that | ||||||
14 | addresses all of the following: | ||||||
15 | (A) Closing the digital divide for all students, | ||||||
16 | including access to devices, Internet connectivity, | ||||||
17 | and ensuring that educators have the necessary support | ||||||
18 | and training to provide high quality remote and blended | ||||||
19 | learning to students. | ||||||
20 | (B) Evaluating the academic growth and proficiency | ||||||
21 | of students in order to understand the impact of school | ||||||
22 | closures and remote and blended remote learning | ||||||
23 | conditions on student academic outcomes, including | ||||||
24 | disaggregating data by race, income, diverse learners, | ||||||
25 | and English learners, in ways that balance the need to | ||||||
26 | understand that impact with the need to support student |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | well-being and also take into consideration the | ||||||
2 | logistical constraints facing schools and districts. | ||||||
3 | (C) Establishing a system for the collection and | ||||||
4 | review of student data at the State level, including | ||||||
5 | data about prekindergarten through higher education | ||||||
6 | student attendance, engagement and participation, | ||||||
7 | discipline, and social-emotional and mental health | ||||||
8 | inputs and outcomes, in order to better understand the | ||||||
9 | full impact of disrupted learning. | ||||||
10 | (D) Providing students with resources and programs | ||||||
11 | for academic support, such as enrichment | ||||||
12 | opportunities, tutoring corps, summer bridge programs, | ||||||
13 | youth leadership and development programs, youth and | ||||||
14 | community-led restorative and transformative justice | ||||||
15 | programs, and youth internship and apprenticeship | ||||||
16 | programs. | ||||||
17 | (E) Providing students with resources and support | ||||||
18 | to ensure access to social-emotional learning, mental | ||||||
19 | health services, and trauma responsive, restorative | ||||||
20 | justice and anti-racist practices in order to support | ||||||
21 | the growth of the whole child, such as investing in | ||||||
22 | community schools and providing comprehensive | ||||||
23 | year-round services and support for both students and | ||||||
24 | their families. | ||||||
25 | (F) Ensuring more time for students' academic, | ||||||
26 | social-emotional, and mental health needs by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | considering such strategies as: (i) extending planning | ||||||
2 | time for teachers, (ii) extending the school day and | ||||||
3 | school year, and (iii) transitioning to year-round | ||||||
4 | schooling. | ||||||
5 | (G) Strengthening the transition from secondary | ||||||
6 | education to postsecondary education in the wake of | ||||||
7 | threats to alignment and affordability created by the | ||||||
8 | pandemic and related conditions. | ||||||
9 | (e) The chairperson of the Illinois P-20 Council may | ||||||
10 | authorize the creation of working groups focusing on areas of | ||||||
11 | interest to Illinois educational and workforce development, | ||||||
12 | including without limitation the following areas: | ||||||
13 | (1) Preparation, recruitment, and certification of | ||||||
14 | highly qualified teachers. | ||||||
15 | (2) Mentoring and induction of highly qualified | ||||||
16 | teachers. | ||||||
17 | (3) The diversity of highly qualified teachers. | ||||||
18 | (4) Funding for highly qualified teachers, including | ||||||
19 | developing a strategic and collaborative plan to seek | ||||||
20 | federal and private grants to support initiatives | ||||||
21 | targeting teacher preparation and its impact on student | ||||||
22 | achievement. | ||||||
23 | (5) Highly effective administrators. | ||||||
24 | (6) Illinois birth through age 3 education, | ||||||
25 | pre-kindergarten, and early childhood education. | ||||||
26 | (7) The assessment, alignment, outreach, and network |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of college and workforce readiness efforts. | ||||||
2 | (8) Alternative routes to college access. | ||||||
3 | (9) Research data and accountability. | ||||||
4 | (10) Community schools, community participation, and | ||||||
5 | other innovative approaches to education that foster | ||||||
6 | community partnerships. | ||||||
7 | (11) Tuition, financial aid, and other issues related | ||||||
8 | to keeping postsecondary education affordable for Illinois | ||||||
9 | residents. | ||||||
10 | (12) Learning recovery in the wake of the COVID-19 | ||||||
11 | pandemic. | ||||||
12 | The chairperson of the Illinois P-20 Council may designate | ||||||
13 | Council members to serve as working group chairpersons. Working | ||||||
14 | groups may invite organizations and individuals representing | ||||||
15 | pre-kindergarten through grade 20 interests to participate in | ||||||
16 | discussions, data collection, and dissemination.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 98-719, eff. 1-1-15; | ||||||
18 | 99-643, eff. 1-1-17 .)
| ||||||
19 | Article 75. | ||||||
20 | Section 75-5. The State Finance Act is amended by adding | ||||||
21 | Section 5.935 as follows:
| ||||||
22 | (30 ILCS 105/5.935 new) | ||||||
23 | Sec. 5.935. The Freedom Schools Fund.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 75-10. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
2 | 2-3.186 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.186 new) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 2-3.186. Freedom Schools; grant program. | ||||||
5 | (a) The General Assembly recognizes and values the | ||||||
6 | contributions that Freedom Schools make to enhance the lives of | ||||||
7 | Black students. The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
8 | findings: | ||||||
9 | (1) The fundamental goal of the Freedom Schools of the | ||||||
10 | 1960s was to provide quality education for all students, to | ||||||
11 | motivate active civic engagement, and to empower | ||||||
12 | disenfranchised communities. The renowned and progressive | ||||||
13 | curriculum of Freedom Schools allowed students of all ages | ||||||
14 | to experience a new and liberating form of education that | ||||||
15 | directly related to the imperatives of their lives, their | ||||||
16 | communities, and the Freedom Movement. | ||||||
17 | (2) Freedom Schools continue to demonstrate the proven | ||||||
18 | benefits of critical civic engagement and | ||||||
19 | intergenerational effects by providing historically | ||||||
20 | disadvantaged students, including African American | ||||||
21 | students and other students of color, with quality | ||||||
22 | instruction that fosters student confidence, critical | ||||||
23 | thinking, and social and emotional development. | ||||||
24 | (3) Freedom Schools offer culturally relevant learning |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | opportunities with the academic and social supports that | ||||||
2 | Black children need by utilizing quality teaching, | ||||||
3 | challenging and engaging curricula, wrap-around supports, | ||||||
4 | a positive school climate, and strong ties to family and | ||||||
5 | community. Freedom Schools have a clear focus on results. | ||||||
6 | (4) Public schools serve a foundational role in the | ||||||
7 | education of over 2,000,000 students in this State. | ||||||
8 | (b) The State Board of Education shall establish a Freedom | ||||||
9 | School network to supplement the learning taking place in | ||||||
10 | public schools by creating a 6-week summer program with an | ||||||
11 | organization with a mission to improve the odds for children in | ||||||
12 | poverty that operates Freedom Schools in multiple states using | ||||||
13 | a research-based and multicultural curriculum for | ||||||
14 | disenfranchised communities most affected by the opportunity | ||||||
15 | gap and learning loss caused by the pandemic, and by expanding | ||||||
16 | the teaching of African American history, developing | ||||||
17 | leadership skills, and providing an understanding of the tenets | ||||||
18 | of the civil rights movement. The teachers in Freedom Schools | ||||||
19 | must be from the local community, with an emphasis on | ||||||
20 | historically disadvantaged youth, including African American | ||||||
21 | students and other students of color, so that (i) these | ||||||
22 | individuals have access to summer jobs and teaching experiences | ||||||
23 | that serve as a long-term pipeline to educational careers and | ||||||
24 | the hiring of minority educators in public schools, (ii) these | ||||||
25 | individuals are elevated as content experts and community | ||||||
26 | leaders, and (iii) Freedom School students have access to both |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mentorship and equitable educational resources. | ||||||
2 | (c) A Freedom School shall intentionally and imaginatively | ||||||
3 | implement strategies that focus on all of the following: | ||||||
4 | (1) Racial justice and equity. | ||||||
5 | (2) Transparency and building trusting relationships. | ||||||
6 | (3) Self-determination and governance. | ||||||
7 | (4) Building on community strengths and community | ||||||
8 | wisdom. | ||||||
9 | (5) Utilizing current data, best practices, and | ||||||
10 | evidence. | ||||||
11 | (6) Shared leadership and collaboration. | ||||||
12 | (7) A reflective learning culture. | ||||||
13 | (8) A whole-child approach to education. | ||||||
14 | (9) Literacy. | ||||||
15 | (d) The State Board of Education, in the establishment of | ||||||
16 | Freedom Schools, shall strive for authentic parent and | ||||||
17 | community engagement during the development of Freedom Schools | ||||||
18 | and their curriculum. Authentic parent and community | ||||||
19 | engagement includes all of the following: | ||||||
20 | (1) A shared responsibility that values equal | ||||||
21 | partnerships between families and professionals. | ||||||
22 | (2) Ensuring that students and families who are | ||||||
23 | directly impacted by Freedom School policies and practices | ||||||
24 | are the decision-makers in the creation, design, | ||||||
25 | implementation, and assessment of those policies and | ||||||
26 | practices. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) Genuine respect for the culture and diversity of | ||||||
2 | families. | ||||||
3 | (4) Relationships that center around the goal of | ||||||
4 | supporting family well-being and children's development | ||||||
5 | and learning. | ||||||
6 | (e) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education | ||||||
7 | shall establish and implement a grant program to provide grants | ||||||
8 | to public schools, public community colleges, and | ||||||
9 | not-for-profit, community-based organizations to facilitate | ||||||
10 | improved educational outcomes for Black students in grades | ||||||
11 | pre-kindergarten through 12 in alignment with the integrity and | ||||||
12 | practices of the Freedom School model established during the | ||||||
13 | civil rights movement. Grant recipients under the program may | ||||||
14 | include, but are not limited to, entities that work with the | ||||||
15 | Children's Defense Fund or offer established programs with | ||||||
16 | proven results and outcomes. The State Board of Education shall | ||||||
17 | award grants to eligible entities that demonstrate a likelihood | ||||||
18 | of reasonable success in achieving the goals identified in the | ||||||
19 | grant application, including, but not limited to, all of the | ||||||
20 | following: | ||||||
21 | (1) Engaging, culturally relevant, and challenging | ||||||
22 | curricula. | ||||||
23 | (2) High-quality teaching. | ||||||
24 | (3) Wrap-around supports and opportunities. | ||||||
25 | (4) Positive discipline practices, such as restorative | ||||||
26 | justice. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) Inclusive leadership. | ||||||
2 | (f) The Freedom Schools Fund is created as a special fund | ||||||
3 | in the State treasury. the Fund shall consist of appropriations | ||||||
4 | from the General Revenue Fund, grant funds from the
federal | ||||||
5 | government, and donations from educational and private | ||||||
6 | foundations. All money in the Fund shall be used, subject to | ||||||
7 | appropriation, by the State Board of Education for the purposes | ||||||
8 | of this Section and to support related activities. | ||||||
9 | (g) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules | ||||||
10 | necessary to implement this Section.
| ||||||
11 | Article 85. | ||||||
12 | Section 85-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
13 | Section 18-8.15 as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) | ||||||
15 | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success | ||||||
16 | for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years. | ||||||
17 | (a) General provisions. | ||||||
18 | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by | ||||||
19 | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten | ||||||
20 | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity | ||||||
21 | to ensure the educational development of all persons to the | ||||||
22 | limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of | ||||||
23 | Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of | ||||||
2 | funding public education that is evidence-based; is | ||||||
3 | sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful | ||||||
4 | opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, | ||||||
5 | sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and | ||||||
6 | is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under | ||||||
7 | this Section, every school shall have the resources, based | ||||||
8 | on what the evidence indicates is needed, to: | ||||||
9 | (A) provide all students with a high quality | ||||||
10 | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social | ||||||
11 | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused | ||||||
12 | programs that will allow them to become competitive | ||||||
13 | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of | ||||||
14 | this State, and active members of our national | ||||||
15 | democracy; | ||||||
16 | (B) ensure all students receive the education they | ||||||
17 | need to graduate from high school with the skills | ||||||
18 | required to pursue post-secondary education and | ||||||
19 | training for a rewarding career; | ||||||
20 | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the | ||||||
21 | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk | ||||||
22 | students by raising the performance of at-risk | ||||||
23 | students and not by reducing standards; and | ||||||
24 | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to | ||||||
25 | assume the primary responsibility to fund public | ||||||
26 | education and simultaneously relieve the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes | ||||||
2 | to fund schools. | ||||||
3 | (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this | ||||||
4 | Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in | ||||||
5 | this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in | ||||||
6 | this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 | ||||||
7 | of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both | ||||||
8 | legislative chambers. As further defined and described in | ||||||
9 | this Section, there are 4 major components of the | ||||||
10 | Evidence-Based Funding model: | ||||||
11 | (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy | ||||||
12 | Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that | ||||||
13 | considers the costs to implement research-based | ||||||
14 | activities, the unit's student demographics, and | ||||||
15 | regional wage differences. | ||||||
16 | (B) Second, the model calculates each | ||||||
17 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount | ||||||
18 | each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute | ||||||
19 | toward its Adequacy Target from local resources. | ||||||
20 | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding | ||||||
21 | the State currently contributes to the Organizational | ||||||
22 | Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to | ||||||
23 | determine the unit's overall current adequacy of | ||||||
24 | funding. | ||||||
25 | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method | ||||||
26 | allocates new State funding to those Organizational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Units that are least well-funded, considering both | ||||||
2 | Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their | ||||||
3 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
4 | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under | ||||||
5 | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received | ||||||
6 | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make | ||||||
7 | expenditures by law. | ||||||
8 | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall | ||||||
9 | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): | ||||||
10 | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
11 | subsection (b) of this Section. | ||||||
12 | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
13 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
14 | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in | ||||||
15 | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
16 | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all | ||||||
17 | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent | ||||||
18 | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a | ||||||
19 | transportation rate based on total expenses for | ||||||
20 | transportation services under this Code, as reported on the | ||||||
21 | most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil | ||||||
22 | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the | ||||||
23 | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and | ||||||
24 | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding | ||||||
25 | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding | ||||||
26 | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to | ||||||
2 | Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this | ||||||
3 | Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational | ||||||
4 | Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois | ||||||
5 | scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior | ||||||
6 | years for regular, vocational, or special education | ||||||
7 | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or | ||||||
8 | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the | ||||||
9 | total transportation expenses, as defined in this | ||||||
10 | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from | ||||||
11 | the Operating Tax Rate. | ||||||
12 | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
13 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
14 | "Alternative School" means a public school that is | ||||||
15 | created and operated by a regional superintendent of | ||||||
16 | schools and approved by the State Board. | ||||||
17 | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
18 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
19 | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress | ||||||
20 | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, | ||||||
21 | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that | ||||||
22 | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and | ||||||
23 | meeting the needs of the students they serve. | ||||||
24 | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator | ||||||
25 | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in | ||||||
26 | this State. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not | ||||||
2 | meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating | ||||||
3 | from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need | ||||||
4 | for vocational support or social services beyond that | ||||||
5 | provided by the regular school program. All students | ||||||
6 | included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as | ||||||
7 | well as all English learner and disabled students attending | ||||||
8 | the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk | ||||||
9 | students under this Section. | ||||||
10 | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year | ||||||
11 | 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the | ||||||
12 | average number of students (grades K through 12) reported | ||||||
13 | to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit | ||||||
14 | on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus | ||||||
15 | the pre-kindergarten students who receive special | ||||||
16 | education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to | ||||||
17 | the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
18 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
19 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
20 | Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the | ||||||
21 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
22 | services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State | ||||||
23 | Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding | ||||||
24 | 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent | ||||||
25 | fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, | ||||||
26 | for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the | ||||||
2 | State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
3 | October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school | ||||||
4 | year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive | ||||||
5 | special education services as reported to the State Board | ||||||
6 | on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
7 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
8 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
9 | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the | ||||||
10 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
11 | services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and | ||||||
12 | March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school | ||||||
13 | years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in | ||||||
14 | the Organizational Unit" means the number of students | ||||||
15 | reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools | ||||||
16 | within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or | ||||||
17 | would attend if not placed or transferred to another school | ||||||
18 | or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of | ||||||
19 | calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, | ||||||
20 | excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and | ||||||
21 | students attending an alternative education program | ||||||
22 | operated by a regional office of education or intermediate | ||||||
23 | service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students | ||||||
24 | attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as | ||||||
25 | 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent | ||||||
26 | years, the school district reports to the State Board of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten | ||||||
2 | district-wide for all students, then all students | ||||||
3 | attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special | ||||||
4 | education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as | ||||||
5 | 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not | ||||||
6 | collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by | ||||||
7 | grade or a December 1 collection of special education | ||||||
8 | pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the | ||||||
9 | effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish | ||||||
10 | such collection for all future years. For any year in which | ||||||
11 | a count by grade level was collected only once, that count | ||||||
12 | shall be used as the single count available for computing a | ||||||
13 | 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a | ||||||
14 | regional office of education or an intermediate service | ||||||
15 | center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding | ||||||
16 | formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year | ||||||
17 | and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy | ||||||
18 | formulas are developed and adopted for each type of | ||||||
19 | program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of | ||||||
20 | education or an intermediate service center must be | ||||||
21 | determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For | ||||||
22 | the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation | ||||||
23 | must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the | ||||||
24 | assignment of students served by a regional office of | ||||||
25 | education or intermediate service center shall not result | ||||||
26 | in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be | ||||||
2 | the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average | ||||||
3 | ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must | ||||||
4 | be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year | ||||||
5 | average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the | ||||||
6 | ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the | ||||||
7 | dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment | ||||||
8 | data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation. | ||||||
9 | For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall | ||||||
10 | include only enrollment taken on October 1. | ||||||
11 | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) | ||||||
12 | of subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
13 | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of | ||||||
14 | this Section. | ||||||
15 | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used | ||||||
16 | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State | ||||||
17 | aid. | ||||||
18 | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the | ||||||
19 | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk | ||||||
20 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as | ||||||
21 | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. | ||||||
22 | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of | ||||||
23 | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target | ||||||
24 | attributable to bilingual education divided by the | ||||||
25 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product | ||||||
26 | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational | ||||||
2 | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual | ||||||
3 | education shall include all additional investments in | ||||||
4 | English learner students' adequacy elements. | ||||||
5 | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary | ||||||
6 | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. | ||||||
7 | "Central office" means individual administrators and | ||||||
8 | support service personnel charged with managing the | ||||||
9 | instructional programs, business and operations, and | ||||||
10 | security of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
11 | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost | ||||||
12 | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional | ||||||
13 | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not | ||||||
14 | educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the | ||||||
15 | first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be | ||||||
16 | the CWI initially developed by the National Center for | ||||||
17 | Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & | ||||||
18 | M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of | ||||||
19 | Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar | ||||||
21 | methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M | ||||||
22 | University study, with adjustments made no less frequently | ||||||
23 | than once every 5 years. | ||||||
24 | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers | ||||||
25 | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, | ||||||
26 | instructional software, security software, curriculum |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | management courseware, and other similar materials and | ||||||
2 | equipment. | ||||||
3 | "Computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
4 | allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an | ||||||
5 | Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the | ||||||
6 | prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 | ||||||
7 | per student computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
8 | grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
9 | Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
10 | amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An | ||||||
11 | Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final | ||||||
12 | Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer | ||||||
13 | technology and equipment investment grant shall include | ||||||
14 | all additional investments in computer technology and | ||||||
15 | equipment adequacy elements. | ||||||
16 | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, | ||||||
17 | English, writing, and language arts; history and social | ||||||
18 | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced | ||||||
19 | Placement in high schools. | ||||||
20 | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in | ||||||
21 | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle | ||||||
22 | and high schools. | ||||||
23 | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed | ||||||
24 | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to | ||||||
25 | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. | ||||||
26 | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the | ||||||
2 | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a | ||||||
3 | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the | ||||||
4 | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the | ||||||
5 | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and | ||||||
6 | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection | ||||||
7 | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public | ||||||
8 | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). | ||||||
9 | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in | ||||||
10 | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and | ||||||
11 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection | ||||||
12 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
13 | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national | ||||||
14 | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational | ||||||
15 | services in elementary and secondary schools on a | ||||||
16 | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding | ||||||
17 | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. | ||||||
18 | "EIS Data" means the employment information system | ||||||
19 | data maintained by the State Board on educators within | ||||||
20 | Organizational Units. | ||||||
21 | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision | ||||||
22 | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, | ||||||
23 | the costs associated with the statutorily required payment | ||||||
24 | of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher | ||||||
25 | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and | ||||||
26 | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the | ||||||
2 | definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of | ||||||
3 | this Code participating in a program of transitional | ||||||
4 | bilingual education or a transitional program of | ||||||
5 | instruction meeting the requirements and program | ||||||
6 | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the | ||||||
7 | purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, | ||||||
8 | the same collection and calculation methodology as defined | ||||||
9 | above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the | ||||||
10 | exception that EL student enrollment shall include | ||||||
11 | students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12. | ||||||
12 | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, | ||||||
13 | and educational programs that have been identified through | ||||||
14 | academic research as necessary to improve student success, | ||||||
15 | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and | ||||||
16 | provide for other per student costs related to the delivery | ||||||
17 | and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the | ||||||
18 | maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are | ||||||
19 | specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this | ||||||
20 | Section. | ||||||
21 | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided | ||||||
22 | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. | ||||||
23 | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
24 | provided to students outside the regular school day before | ||||||
25 | and after school or during non-instructional times during | ||||||
26 | the school day. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio | ||||||
2 | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and | ||||||
3 | the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. | ||||||
4 | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) | ||||||
5 | of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
6 | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
7 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
8 | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time | ||||||
9 | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant | ||||||
10 | position at an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
11 | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection | ||||||
12 | (g). | ||||||
13 | "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance | ||||||
14 | counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for | ||||||
15 | students within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
16 | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit | ||||||
17 | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
18 | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special | ||||||
19 | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in | ||||||
20 | the classroom and provides academic support to students. | ||||||
21 | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher | ||||||
22 | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches | ||||||
23 | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides | ||||||
24 | instructional support to teachers in the elements of | ||||||
25 | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment | ||||||
26 | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or | ||||||
2 | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses | ||||||
3 | standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers | ||||||
4 | with an understanding of current research; serves as a | ||||||
5 | mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead | ||||||
6 | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in | ||||||
7 | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional | ||||||
8 | practice or develop model lessons. | ||||||
9 | "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional | ||||||
10 | materials for student instruction, including, but not | ||||||
11 | limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory | ||||||
12 | equipment, library books, and other similar materials. | ||||||
13 | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is | ||||||
14 | created and operated by a public university and approved by | ||||||
15 | the State Board. | ||||||
16 | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a | ||||||
17 | library information specialist or another individual whose | ||||||
18 | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources | ||||||
19 | within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
20 | "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the | ||||||
21 | combined elementary school and high school limiting rates. | ||||||
22 | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
23 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
24 | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph | ||||||
25 | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
26 | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
2 | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
3 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
4 | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit | ||||||
5 | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of | ||||||
6 | students for the prior school year or the immediately | ||||||
7 | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the | ||||||
8 | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the | ||||||
9 | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least | ||||||
10 | one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the | ||||||
11 | Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance | ||||||
12 | for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition | ||||||
13 | Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for | ||||||
14 | services provided by the Department of Children and Family | ||||||
15 | Services. Until such time that grade level low-income | ||||||
16 | populations become available, grade level low-income | ||||||
17 | populations shall be determined by applying the low-income | ||||||
18 | percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The | ||||||
19 | low-income percentage is determined by dividing the | ||||||
20 | Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The | ||||||
21 | low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional | ||||||
22 | office of education or an intermediate service center must | ||||||
23 | be set to the weighted average of the low-income | ||||||
24 | percentages of all of the school districts in the service | ||||||
25 | region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of | ||||||
26 | multiplying the low-income percentage of each school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district served by the regional office of education or | ||||||
2 | intermediate service center by each school district's | ||||||
3 | Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and | ||||||
4 | dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment | ||||||
5 | for the service region. | ||||||
6 | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, | ||||||
7 | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, | ||||||
8 | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other | ||||||
9 | similar services and functions. | ||||||
10 | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of | ||||||
11 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
12 | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any | ||||||
13 | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under | ||||||
14 | Section 2-3.170 of this the School Code. | ||||||
15 | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all | ||||||
16 | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in | ||||||
17 | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding | ||||||
18 | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. | ||||||
19 | "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given | ||||||
20 | school year, the amount of State funds that would be | ||||||
21 | necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an | ||||||
22 | Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available | ||||||
23 | to each unit. | ||||||
24 | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified | ||||||
25 | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for | ||||||
26 | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and is available to provide health care-related services | ||||||
2 | for students of an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
3 | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the | ||||||
4 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
5 | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
6 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
7 | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the | ||||||
8 | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the | ||||||
9 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
10 | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
11 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
12 | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any | ||||||
13 | public school district that is recognized as such by the | ||||||
14 | State Board and that contains elementary schools typically | ||||||
15 | serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools | ||||||
16 | typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools | ||||||
17 | typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program | ||||||
18 | established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program | ||||||
19 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
20 | intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The | ||||||
21 | General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels | ||||||
22 | served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary | ||||||
23 | slightly from what is typical. | ||||||
24 | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating | ||||||
25 | the CWI in the region and original county in which an | ||||||
26 | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if | ||||||
2 | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance | ||||||
3 | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational | ||||||
4 | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current | ||||||
5 | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that | ||||||
6 | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a | ||||||
7 | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated | ||||||
8 | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent | ||||||
9 | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent | ||||||
10 | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the | ||||||
11 | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois | ||||||
12 | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the | ||||||
13 | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the | ||||||
14 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and | ||||||
15 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
16 | 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the | ||||||
17 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and | ||||||
18 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
19 | 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its | ||||||
20 | weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the | ||||||
21 | Organizational Unit CWI. | ||||||
22 | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year | ||||||
23 | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. | ||||||
24 | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of | ||||||
25 | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county | ||||||
26 | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Tax Rate. | ||||||
2 | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in | ||||||
3 | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
4 | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
5 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
6 | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed | ||||||
7 | to be employed as a principal in this State. | ||||||
8 | "Professional development" means training programs for | ||||||
9 | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
10 | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum | ||||||
11 | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data | ||||||
12 | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and | ||||||
13 | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, | ||||||
14 | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, | ||||||
15 | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural | ||||||
16 | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide | ||||||
17 | professional support for licensed staff. | ||||||
18 | "Prototypical" means 450 special education | ||||||
19 | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students | ||||||
20 | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students | ||||||
21 | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students | ||||||
22 | for a high school. | ||||||
23 | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation | ||||||
24 | Law. | ||||||
25 | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection | ||||||
26 | (d) of this Section. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, | ||||||
2 | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff | ||||||
3 | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling | ||||||
4 | students. | ||||||
5 | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
6 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
7 | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular | ||||||
8 | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the | ||||||
9 | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. | ||||||
10 | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary | ||||||
11 | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school. | ||||||
12 | "Special education" means special educational | ||||||
13 | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of | ||||||
14 | this Code. | ||||||
15 | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an | ||||||
16 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable | ||||||
17 | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
18 | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be | ||||||
19 | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant | ||||||
20 | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
21 | Target attributable to special education shall include all | ||||||
22 | special education investment adequacy elements. | ||||||
23 | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides | ||||||
24 | instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, | ||||||
25 | including, but not limited to, art, music, physical | ||||||
26 | education, health, driver education, career-technical |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated | ||||||
2 | by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
3 | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, | ||||||
4 | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, | ||||||
5 | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the | ||||||
6 | State Board as a special education cooperative, | ||||||
7 | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning | ||||||
8 | opportunities program that received direct funding from | ||||||
9 | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through | ||||||
10 | any of the funding sources included within the calculation | ||||||
11 | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. | ||||||
12 | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental | ||||||
13 | general State aid funding received by an Organizational | ||||||
14 | Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to | ||||||
15 | subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
16 | repealed). | ||||||
17 | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy | ||||||
18 | Targets of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
19 | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. | ||||||
20 | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent | ||||||
21 | of Education. | ||||||
22 | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by | ||||||
23 | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for | ||||||
24 | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, | ||||||
25 | summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and | ||||||
26 | dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | thereby creating an average weighted index. | ||||||
2 | "Student activities" means non-credit producing | ||||||
3 | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
4 | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by | ||||||
5 | the school board of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
6 | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or | ||||||
7 | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational | ||||||
8 | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
9 | a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace | ||||||
10 | another staff member. | ||||||
11 | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
12 | provided to students during the summer months outside of | ||||||
13 | the regular school year. | ||||||
14 | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member | ||||||
15 | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational | ||||||
16 | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations | ||||||
17 | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and | ||||||
18 | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising | ||||||
19 | students when being transported in buses serving the | ||||||
20 | Organizational Unit. | ||||||
21 | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
22 | subsection (g). | ||||||
23 | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined | ||||||
24 | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). | ||||||
25 | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate | ||||||
26 | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g). | ||||||
2 | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. | ||||||
3 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the | ||||||
4 | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing | ||||||
5 | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this | ||||||
6 | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential | ||||||
7 | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated | ||||||
8 | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). | ||||||
9 | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro | ||||||
10 | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each | ||||||
11 | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), | ||||||
12 | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on | ||||||
13 | ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set | ||||||
14 | forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating | ||||||
15 | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups | ||||||
16 | thereto are as follows: | ||||||
17 | (A) Core class size investments. Each | ||||||
18 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required | ||||||
19 | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as | ||||||
20 | is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the | ||||||
21 | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: | ||||||
22 | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the | ||||||
23 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
24 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
25 | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
26 | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
2 | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the | ||||||
3 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
4 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
5 | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
6 | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 | ||||||
7 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
8 | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a | ||||||
9 | grade shall be determined by subtracting the | ||||||
10 | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the | ||||||
11 | Organizational Unit for that grade. | ||||||
12 | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each | ||||||
13 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
14 | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher | ||||||
15 | positions that correspond to the following | ||||||
16 | percentages: | ||||||
17 | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an | ||||||
18 | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the | ||||||
19 | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, | ||||||
20 | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this | ||||||
21 | paragraph (2); and | ||||||
22 | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a | ||||||
23 | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the | ||||||
24 | Organizational Unit's core teachers. | ||||||
25 | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each | ||||||
26 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position | ||||||
2 | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
3 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
4 | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
5 | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. | ||||||
6 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding | ||||||
7 | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each | ||||||
8 | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. | ||||||
9 | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each | ||||||
10 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
11 | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to | ||||||
12 | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required | ||||||
13 | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time | ||||||
14 | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention | ||||||
15 | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers | ||||||
16 | and instructional assistants, instructional | ||||||
17 | facilitators, and summer school and extended day | ||||||
18 | teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph | ||||||
19 | (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary | ||||||
20 | for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the | ||||||
21 | average salary of each instructional assistant | ||||||
22 | position. | ||||||
23 | (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each | ||||||
24 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
25 | to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 | ||||||
26 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 | ||||||
2 | students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250 | ||||||
3 | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one | ||||||
4 | FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 | ||||||
5 | ASE high school students. | ||||||
6 | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
7 | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse | ||||||
8 | for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
9 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade | ||||||
10 | 12 students across all grade levels it serves. | ||||||
11 | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each | ||||||
12 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
13 | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of | ||||||
14 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
15 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
16 | each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
17 | each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
18 | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
19 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
20 | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, | ||||||
21 | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or | ||||||
22 | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of | ||||||
23 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
24 | kindergarten through grade 12 students. | ||||||
25 | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
26 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | principal position for each prototypical elementary | ||||||
2 | school, plus one FTE principal position for each | ||||||
3 | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal | ||||||
4 | position for each prototypical high school. | ||||||
5 | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each | ||||||
6 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
7 | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each | ||||||
8 | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant | ||||||
9 | principal position for each prototypical middle | ||||||
10 | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for | ||||||
11 | each prototypical high school. | ||||||
12 | (L) School site staff investments. Each | ||||||
13 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
14 | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of | ||||||
15 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
16 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE | ||||||
17 | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus | ||||||
18 | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
19 | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
20 | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
21 | ASE. | ||||||
22 | (N) Professional development investments. Each | ||||||
23 | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of | ||||||
24 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
25 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
26 | students for trainers and other professional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | development-related expenses for supplies and | ||||||
2 | materials. | ||||||
3 | (O) Instructional material investments. Each | ||||||
4 | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of | ||||||
5 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
6 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
7 | students to cover instructional material costs. | ||||||
8 | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
9 | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE | ||||||
10 | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
11 | kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover | ||||||
12 | assessment costs. | ||||||
13 | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. | ||||||
14 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per | ||||||
15 | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
16 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
17 | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology | ||||||
18 | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and | ||||||
19 | subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned | ||||||
20 | to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall | ||||||
21 | receive an additional $285.50 per student of the | ||||||
22 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
23 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
24 | students to cover computer technology and equipment | ||||||
25 | costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
26 | The State Board may establish additional requirements |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received | ||||||
2 | pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a | ||||||
3 | requirement that funds received pursuant to this | ||||||
4 | subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the | ||||||
5 | technology needs of the district. It is the intent of | ||||||
6 | Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts | ||||||
7 | receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the | ||||||
8 | following year, subject to compliance with the | ||||||
9 | requirements of the State Board. | ||||||
10 | (R) Student activities investments. Each | ||||||
11 | Organizational Unit shall receive the following | ||||||
12 | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per | ||||||
13 | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary | ||||||
14 | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, | ||||||
15 | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. | ||||||
16 | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each | ||||||
17 | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student | ||||||
18 | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
19 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
20 | students for day-to-day maintenance and operations | ||||||
21 | expenditures, including salary, supplies, and | ||||||
22 | materials, as well as purchased services, but | ||||||
23 | excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary | ||||||
24 | for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
25 | calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. | ||||||
26 | (T) Central office investments. Each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of | ||||||
2 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
3 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
4 | students to cover central office operations, including | ||||||
5 | administrators and classified personnel charged with | ||||||
6 | managing the instructional programs, business and | ||||||
7 | operations of the school district, and security | ||||||
8 | personnel. The proportion of salary for the | ||||||
9 | application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
10 | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. | ||||||
11 | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each | ||||||
12 | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of | ||||||
13 | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, | ||||||
14 | excluding substitute teachers and student activities | ||||||
15 | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central | ||||||
16 | office and maintenance and operations investments, the | ||||||
17 | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary | ||||||
18 | proportion of each investment. If at any time the | ||||||
19 | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of | ||||||
20 | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then | ||||||
21 | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement | ||||||
22 | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the | ||||||
23 | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year | ||||||
24 | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any | ||||||
25 | fiscal year in which a school district organized under | ||||||
26 | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that | ||||||
2 | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for | ||||||
3 | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public | ||||||
4 | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of | ||||||
5 | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the | ||||||
6 | preceding school year that is statutorily required to | ||||||
7 | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree | ||||||
8 | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in | ||||||
9 | this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System | ||||||
10 | of the State of Illinois and the Public School | ||||||
11 | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall | ||||||
12 | submit such information as the State Superintendent | ||||||
13 | may require for the calculations set forth in this | ||||||
14 | subparagraph (U). | ||||||
15 | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. | ||||||
16 | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding | ||||||
17 | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit | ||||||
18 | shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
19 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
20 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
21 | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
22 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
23 | every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
24 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
25 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and | ||||||
26 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. | ||||||
2 | (W) Additional investments in English learner | ||||||
3 | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other | ||||||
4 | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational | ||||||
5 | Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
6 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
7 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
8 | position for every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
9 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
10 | every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
11 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
12 | for every 120 English learner students; | ||||||
13 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
14 | for every 120 English learner students; and | ||||||
15 | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 | ||||||
16 | English learner students. | ||||||
17 | (X) Special education investments. Each | ||||||
18 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the | ||||||
19 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover | ||||||
20 | special education as follows: | ||||||
21 | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 | ||||||
22 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
23 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
24 | students; | ||||||
25 | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every | ||||||
26 | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
2 | students; and | ||||||
3 | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every | ||||||
4 | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
5 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through | ||||||
6 | grade 12 students. | ||||||
7 | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
8 | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
9 | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar | ||||||
10 | using the employment information system data maintained by | ||||||
11 | the State Board, limited to public schools only and | ||||||
12 | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, | ||||||
13 | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and | ||||||
14 | charter schools, for the following positions: | ||||||
15 | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. | ||||||
16 | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
17 | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. | ||||||
18 | (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8. | ||||||
19 | (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
20 | (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12. | ||||||
21 | (G) Social worker. | ||||||
22 | (H) Psychologist. | ||||||
23 | (I) Librarian. | ||||||
24 | (J) Nurse. | ||||||
25 | (K) Principal. | ||||||
26 | (L) Assistant principal. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" | ||||||
2 | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, | ||||||
3 | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education | ||||||
4 | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner | ||||||
5 | teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school | ||||||
6 | teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the | ||||||
7 | Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding | ||||||
8 | positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the | ||||||
9 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply. | ||||||
10 | For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
11 | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS | ||||||
12 | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first | ||||||
13 | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: | ||||||
14 | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and | ||||||
15 | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional | ||||||
16 | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or | ||||||
17 | supervisory aide: $25,000. | ||||||
18 | In the second and subsequent years of implementation of | ||||||
19 | Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) | ||||||
20 | of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI. | ||||||
21 | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements | ||||||
22 | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) | ||||||
23 | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection | ||||||
24 | (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a | ||||||
25 | Regionalization Factor. | ||||||
26 | (c) Local Capacity calculation. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
2 | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute | ||||||
3 | toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the | ||||||
4 | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local | ||||||
5 | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
6 | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph | ||||||
7 | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal | ||||||
8 | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the | ||||||
9 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as | ||||||
10 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this | ||||||
11 | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local | ||||||
12 | Capacity Target. | ||||||
13 | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an | ||||||
14 | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by | ||||||
15 | multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity | ||||||
16 | Ratio. | ||||||
17 | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
18 | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational | ||||||
19 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is | ||||||
20 | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this | ||||||
21 | paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution | ||||||
22 | resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
23 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
24 | Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of | ||||||
25 | Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph | ||||||
26 | (C) of this paragraph (2). |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio | ||||||
2 | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing | ||||||
3 | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by | ||||||
4 | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further | ||||||
5 | adjusted as follows: | ||||||
6 | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
7 | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no | ||||||
8 | further adjustments shall be made; | ||||||
9 | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
10 | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be | ||||||
11 | multiplied by 9/13; | ||||||
12 | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
13 | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be | ||||||
14 | multiplied by 4/13; and | ||||||
15 | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a | ||||||
16 | different grade configuration than those specified | ||||||
17 | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph | ||||||
18 | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a | ||||||
19 | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. | ||||||
20 | (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the | ||||||
21 | percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity | ||||||
22 | Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
23 | Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting | ||||||
24 | in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
25 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
26 | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a | ||||||
2 | percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall | ||||||
3 | be calculated using the standard normal distribution | ||||||
4 | of the score in relation to the weighted mean and | ||||||
5 | weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios | ||||||
6 | of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to | ||||||
7 | any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value | ||||||
8 | shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the | ||||||
9 | Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
| ||||||
10 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
11 | the public university that are allocated to
the | ||||||
12 | Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional | ||||||
13 | office of education or an intermediate service center, | ||||||
14 | the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in | ||||||
15 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
16 | school districts that are allocated to the regional | ||||||
17 | office of education or intermediate service center. | ||||||
18 | The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage | ||||||
19 | shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational | ||||||
20 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
21 | creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values | ||||||
22 | of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total | ||||||
23 | ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard | ||||||
24 | deviation shall be determined by taking the square root | ||||||
25 | of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' | ||||||
26 | Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by squaring the difference between each unit's Local | ||||||
2 | Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying | ||||||
3 | the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
4 | to create a weighted variance for each unit, then | ||||||
5 | summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by | ||||||
6 | the total ASE of all units. | ||||||
7 | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the | ||||||
8 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target | ||||||
9 | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's | ||||||
10 | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of | ||||||
11 | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois | ||||||
12 | Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of | ||||||
13 | education's remaining contribution pursuant to | ||||||
14 | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of | ||||||
15 | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal | ||||||
16 | cost portion of the required contribution and amount | ||||||
17 | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section | ||||||
18 | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. | ||||||
19 | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified | ||||||
20 | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' | ||||||
21 | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item | ||||||
22 | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education | ||||||
23 | by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement | ||||||
24 | Fund of the City of Chicago. | ||||||
25 | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more | ||||||
26 | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated | ||||||
2 | in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local | ||||||
3 | Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the | ||||||
4 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real | ||||||
5 | Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals | ||||||
6 | the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local | ||||||
7 | Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by | ||||||
8 | the Local Capacity Percentage. | ||||||
9 | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of | ||||||
10 | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real | ||||||
11 | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the | ||||||
12 | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
13 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
14 | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for | ||||||
15 | purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. | ||||||
16 | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the | ||||||
17 | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An | ||||||
18 | Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted | ||||||
19 | Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational | ||||||
20 | Unit. | ||||||
21 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
22 | equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable | ||||||
23 | property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of | ||||||
24 | the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this | ||||||
25 | subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then | ||||||
26 | determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which | ||||||
2 | Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of | ||||||
3 | calculating Local Capacity. | ||||||
4 | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department | ||||||
5 | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the | ||||||
6 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue | ||||||
7 | of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, | ||||||
8 | together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending | ||||||
9 | taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of | ||||||
10 | September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting | ||||||
11 | rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax | ||||||
12 | extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. | ||||||
13 | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the | ||||||
14 | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of | ||||||
15 | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or | ||||||
16 | partially within a county that is or was subject to the | ||||||
17 | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
18 | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by | ||||||
19 | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section | ||||||
20 | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real | ||||||
21 | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds | ||||||
22 | the total amount that would have been allowed in that | ||||||
23 | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under | ||||||
24 | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 | ||||||
25 | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 | ||||||
26 | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the | ||||||
2 | taxable year of all additional exemptions under | ||||||
3 | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with | ||||||
4 | a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk | ||||||
5 | of any county that is or was subject to the provisions | ||||||
6 | of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
7 | shall annually calculate and certify to the Department | ||||||
8 | of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead | ||||||
9 | exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the | ||||||
10 | Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional | ||||||
11 | exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
12 | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or | ||||||
13 | less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if | ||||||
14 | the general homestead exemption for a parcel of | ||||||
15 | property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 | ||||||
16 | of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, | ||||||
17 | then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by | ||||||
18 | the difference, if any, between the amount of the | ||||||
19 | general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of | ||||||
20 | property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
21 | Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||||||
22 | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of | ||||||
23 | property been determined under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
24 | Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this | ||||||
25 | subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are | ||||||
26 | allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for owners with a household income of less than | ||||||
2 | $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be | ||||||
3 | affected by the difference, if any, because of those | ||||||
4 | additional exemptions. | ||||||
5 | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational | ||||||
6 | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to | ||||||
7 | which a municipality has adopted tax increment | ||||||
8 | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment | ||||||
9 | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article | ||||||
10 | 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial | ||||||
11 | Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the | ||||||
12 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of | ||||||
13 | real property located in any such project area that is | ||||||
14 | attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV | ||||||
15 | of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of | ||||||
16 | the Organizational Unit, until such time as all | ||||||
17 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as | ||||||
18 | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment | ||||||
19 | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 | ||||||
20 | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of | ||||||
21 | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial | ||||||
22 | EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
23 | used until such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
24 | have been paid. | ||||||
25 | (B-5) The real property equalized assessed | ||||||
26 | valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subtracting from the real property value, as equalized | ||||||
2 | or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the | ||||||
3 | district an amount computed by dividing the amount of | ||||||
4 | any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the | ||||||
5 | Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining | ||||||
6 | grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district | ||||||
7 | maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% | ||||||
8 | for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and | ||||||
9 | adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount | ||||||
10 | of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of | ||||||
11 | Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
12 | percentage rates for district type as specified in this | ||||||
13 | subparagraph (B-5). | ||||||
14 | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid | ||||||
15 | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the | ||||||
16 | lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
17 | for property within the partial elementary unit | ||||||
18 | district for elementary purposes, as defined in | ||||||
19 | Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized | ||||||
20 | assessed valuation for property within the partial | ||||||
21 | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as | ||||||
22 | defined in Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
23 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the | ||||||
24 | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years | ||||||
25 | or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in | ||||||
26 | the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | compared to the 3-year average. In the event of | ||||||
2 | Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or | ||||||
3 | annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the | ||||||
4 | first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the | ||||||
5 | most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the | ||||||
6 | average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately | ||||||
7 | preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared | ||||||
8 | to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year | ||||||
9 | average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if | ||||||
10 | the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the | ||||||
11 | 3-year average for the third year. For any school district | ||||||
12 | whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in | ||||||
13 | calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall | ||||||
14 | be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2 | ||||||
15 | years or the immediately preceding year if that year | ||||||
16 | represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the 2-year | ||||||
17 | average. | ||||||
18 | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State | ||||||
19 | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as | ||||||
20 | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of | ||||||
21 | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. | ||||||
22 | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the | ||||||
23 | PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the | ||||||
24 | product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in | ||||||
25 | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 | ||||||
26 | of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension | ||||||
2 | Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or | ||||||
3 | does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to | ||||||
4 | Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base | ||||||
5 | Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of | ||||||
6 | the equalized assessed valuation last used in the | ||||||
7 | calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of | ||||||
8 | this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
9 | this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the | ||||||
10 | percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index | ||||||
11 | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the | ||||||
12 | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar | ||||||
13 | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized | ||||||
14 | assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and | ||||||
15 | recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized | ||||||
16 | assessed valuation of disconnected property. | ||||||
17 | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and | ||||||
18 | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set | ||||||
19 | forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
20 | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. | ||||||
21 | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding | ||||||
22 | Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded | ||||||
23 | Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the | ||||||
24 | Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the | ||||||
25 | 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and | ||||||
26 | specified appropriation amounts described in this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by | ||||||
2 | the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
3 | repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 | ||||||
4 | (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for | ||||||
5 | children requiring special education services); Section | ||||||
6 | 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and | ||||||
7 | staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of | ||||||
8 | transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section | ||||||
9 | 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 | ||||||
10 | of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation | ||||||
11 | level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under | ||||||
12 | Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also | ||||||
13 | includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
14 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to | ||||||
15 | funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code | ||||||
16 | listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference | ||||||
17 | between (I) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
18 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the | ||||||
19 | funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public | ||||||
20 | special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of | ||||||
21 | Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), | ||||||
22 | Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 | ||||||
23 | (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' | ||||||
24 | alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational | ||||||
25 | service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - | ||||||
26 | orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the | ||||||
2 | school district's actual expenditures for its non-public | ||||||
3 | special education, special education transportation, | ||||||
4 | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' | ||||||
5 | alternative education, services that would otherwise be | ||||||
6 | performed by a regional office of education, special | ||||||
7 | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as | ||||||
8 | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to | ||||||
9 | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base | ||||||
10 | Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For | ||||||
11 | programs operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
12 | intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must | ||||||
13 | be the total amount of State funds allocated to those | ||||||
14 | programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided | ||||||
15 | pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section | ||||||
16 | 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, | ||||||
17 | 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and | ||||||
18 | administered by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
19 | intermediate service center must have an initial Base | ||||||
20 | Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year | ||||||
21 | ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received | ||||||
22 | in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar | ||||||
23 | existing program type. If the enrollment for a program | ||||||
24 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
25 | intermediate service center is zero, then it may not | ||||||
26 | receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to | ||||||
2 | Organizational Units under subsection (g). | ||||||
3 | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the | ||||||
4 | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially | ||||||
5 | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of | ||||||
6 | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the | ||||||
7 | Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) | ||||||
8 | any amount received by a school district pursuant to | ||||||
9 | Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. | ||||||
10 | (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as | ||||||
11 | provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that | ||||||
12 | meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
13 | State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added | ||||||
14 | to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding | ||||||
15 | Minimum is calculated by the State Board: | ||||||
16 | (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an | ||||||
17 | Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this | ||||||
18 | Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to | ||||||
19 | the control of the State Board pursuant to a court | ||||||
20 | order for a minimum of 4 school years. | ||||||
21 | (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a | ||||||
22 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous | ||||||
23 | school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of | ||||||
24 | this Section. | ||||||
25 | (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates | ||||||
26 | sustainability through a 5-year financial and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | strategic plan. | ||||||
2 | (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient | ||||||
3 | progress and achieved sufficient stability in the | ||||||
4 | areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. | ||||||
5 | As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), | ||||||
6 | the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
7 | summative designation, any accreditations of the | ||||||
8 | Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
9 | financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. | ||||||
10 | If the State Board determines that an Organizational | ||||||
11 | Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), | ||||||
12 | it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later | ||||||
13 | than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board | ||||||
14 | makes it determination, on the amount of District | ||||||
15 | Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base | ||||||
16 | Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State | ||||||
17 | Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint | ||||||
18 | resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. | ||||||
19 | If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within | ||||||
20 | 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the | ||||||
21 | addition of District Intervention Money is deemed | ||||||
22 | approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of | ||||||
23 | District Intervention Money to be added to the | ||||||
24 | Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District | ||||||
25 | Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding | ||||||
26 | Minimum annually thereafter. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | For the first 4 years following the initial year that | ||||||
2 | the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has | ||||||
3 | met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has | ||||||
4 | received funding under this Section, the Organizational | ||||||
5 | Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before | ||||||
6 | November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and | ||||||
7 | strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph | ||||||
8 | (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the | ||||||
9 | past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that | ||||||
10 | must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each | ||||||
11 | year and the approved budget financial data for the current | ||||||
12 | year. The plan shall be developed according to the | ||||||
13 | guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the | ||||||
14 | State Board. The plan shall further include financial | ||||||
15 | projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a | ||||||
16 | discussion and financial summary of the Organizational | ||||||
17 | Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not | ||||||
18 | demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or | ||||||
19 | if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an | ||||||
20 | annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, | ||||||
21 | or other financial information as required by law, the | ||||||
22 | State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under | ||||||
23 | Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational | ||||||
24 | Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State | ||||||
25 | Board may extend the duration of the Panel. | ||||||
26 | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a | ||||||
2 | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order | ||||||
3 | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the | ||||||
4 | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of | ||||||
5 | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's | ||||||
6 | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
7 | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection | ||||||
8 | (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and | ||||||
9 | Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the | ||||||
10 | Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels | ||||||
11 | pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f). | ||||||
12 | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are | ||||||
13 | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and | ||||||
14 | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary | ||||||
15 | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary | ||||||
16 | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. | ||||||
17 | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an | ||||||
18 | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum | ||||||
19 | of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding | ||||||
20 | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded | ||||||
21 | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the | ||||||
22 | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools | ||||||
23 | shall not include any portion of general State aid | ||||||
24 | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition | ||||||
25 | charge times the charter school enrollment. | ||||||
26 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An | ||||||
2 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is | ||||||
3 | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental | ||||||
4 | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the | ||||||
5 | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary | ||||||
6 | Percent of Adequacy. | ||||||
7 | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. | ||||||
8 | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based | ||||||
9 | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding | ||||||
10 | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's | ||||||
11 | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this | ||||||
12 | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the | ||||||
13 | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first | ||||||
14 | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in | ||||||
15 | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based | ||||||
16 | on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New | ||||||
17 | State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as | ||||||
18 | follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New | ||||||
19 | State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New | ||||||
20 | State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all | ||||||
21 | New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% | ||||||
22 | of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within | ||||||
23 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds | ||||||
24 | equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following | ||||||
25 | sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate | ||||||
26 | determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
2 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph | ||||||
3 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
4 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
5 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
6 | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
7 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph | ||||||
8 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
9 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
10 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
11 | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine | ||||||
12 | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting | ||||||
13 | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus | ||||||
14 | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target | ||||||
15 | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier | ||||||
16 | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the | ||||||
17 | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation | ||||||
18 | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). | ||||||
19 | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all | ||||||
20 | Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit | ||||||
21 | shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 | ||||||
22 | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational | ||||||
23 | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. | ||||||
24 | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation | ||||||
25 | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall | ||||||
26 | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the | ||||||
2 | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
3 | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
4 | percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 | ||||||
5 | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
6 | Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting | ||||||
7 | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. | ||||||
8 | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers | ||||||
9 | as follows: | ||||||
10 | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
11 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
12 | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 | ||||||
13 | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 | ||||||
14 | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 | ||||||
15 | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) | ||||||
16 | of this subsection (g). | ||||||
17 | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all | ||||||
18 | other Organizational Units, except for Specially | ||||||
19 | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than | ||||||
20 | 0.90. | ||||||
21 | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
22 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
23 | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. | ||||||
24 | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units | ||||||
25 | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. | ||||||
26 | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | determined as follows: | ||||||
2 | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. | ||||||
3 | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
4 | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
5 | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 | ||||||
6 | Organizational Units, unless the result of such | ||||||
7 | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such | ||||||
8 | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation | ||||||
9 | Rate is 1.0. | ||||||
10 | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
11 | following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
12 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 | ||||||
13 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
14 | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
15 | following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
16 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 | ||||||
17 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
18 | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: | ||||||
19 | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that | ||||||
20 | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed | ||||||
21 | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. | ||||||
22 | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. | ||||||
23 | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. | ||||||
24 | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is | ||||||
25 | greater than 90%, then than all Tier 1 funding shall be | ||||||
26 | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | funding may be identified. | ||||||
2 | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units | ||||||
3 | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any | ||||||
4 | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and | ||||||
5 | Tier 4 Organizational Units. | ||||||
6 | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood | ||||||
7 | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for | ||||||
8 | direct funding following the implementation of Public Act | ||||||
9 | 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the | ||||||
10 | definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified | ||||||
11 | portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to | ||||||
12 | one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined | ||||||
13 | by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of | ||||||
14 | the Organizational Units. | ||||||
15 | (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special | ||||||
16 | education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding | ||||||
17 | Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be | ||||||
18 | redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The | ||||||
19 | school district and the cooperative must include the amount | ||||||
20 | of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in | ||||||
21 | their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of | ||||||
22 | the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal. | ||||||
23 | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish | ||||||
24 | a target for State funding that will keep pace with | ||||||
25 | inflation and continue to advance equity through the | ||||||
26 | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is | ||||||
2 | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||||||
3 | fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to | ||||||
4 | $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more | ||||||
5 | than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be | ||||||
6 | counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of New | ||||||
7 | State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool | ||||||
8 | Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding | ||||||
9 | for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner: | ||||||
10 | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
11 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
12 | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as | ||||||
13 | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. | ||||||
14 | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
15 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
16 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
17 | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is | ||||||
18 | exhausted. | ||||||
19 | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
20 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
21 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
22 | Tier 4 and Tier 3. | ||||||
23 | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
24 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
25 | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
26 | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal | ||||||
2 | to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of | ||||||
3 | this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New | ||||||
4 | State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level. | ||||||
5 | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||||||
6 | fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then | ||||||
7 | any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for | ||||||
8 | purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of | ||||||
9 | $50,000,000. | ||||||
10 | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the | ||||||
11 | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after | ||||||
12 | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units | ||||||
13 | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under | ||||||
14 | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held | ||||||
15 | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to | ||||||
16 | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding | ||||||
17 | received in accordance with this Section in the prior | ||||||
18 | fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding | ||||||
19 | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
| ||||||
20 | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE | ||||||
21 | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units | ||||||
22 | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
| ||||||
23 | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to | ||||||
24 | Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the | ||||||
25 | relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this | ||||||
26 | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount | ||||||
2 | that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum | ||||||
3 | established in the first year of implementation of this
| ||||||
4 | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school | ||||||
5 | districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount | ||||||
6 | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction | ||||||
7 | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
8 | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor | ||||||
9 | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this | ||||||
10 | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages | ||||||
11 | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to | ||||||
12 | the nearest whole dollar. | ||||||
13 | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and | ||||||
14 | district submission requirements. | ||||||
15 | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with | ||||||
16 | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the | ||||||
17 | funding obligations created under this Section. | ||||||
18 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
19 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State | ||||||
20 | Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under | ||||||
21 | this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be | ||||||
22 | distributed within an Organizational Unit without the | ||||||
23 | approval of the unit's school board. | ||||||
24 | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
25 | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate | ||||||
26 | financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State | ||||||
2 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
3 | each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds | ||||||
4 | allocated for its students with disabilities. The State | ||||||
5 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
6 | each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and | ||||||
7 | applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the | ||||||
8 | unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
9 | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
10 | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit | ||||||
11 | must expend on special education and bilingual education | ||||||
12 | and computer technology and equipment for Organizational | ||||||
13 | Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an | ||||||
14 | additional $285.50 per student computer technology and | ||||||
15 | equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target | ||||||
16 | pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special | ||||||
17 | Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and | ||||||
18 | computer technology and equipment investment allocation. | ||||||
19 | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be | ||||||
20 | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal | ||||||
21 | year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending | ||||||
22 | through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys | ||||||
23 | appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in | ||||||
24 | 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each | ||||||
25 | Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal | ||||||
26 | year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit. | ||||||
2 | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given | ||||||
3 | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to | ||||||
4 | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive | ||||||
5 | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one | ||||||
6 | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise | ||||||
7 | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district | ||||||
8 | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in | ||||||
9 | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of | ||||||
10 | the school district. "Recognized school" means any public | ||||||
11 | school that meets the standards for recognition by the | ||||||
12 | State Board. A school district or attendance center not | ||||||
13 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
14 | entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
15 | claim that was filed while it was recognized. | ||||||
16 | (7) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
17 | subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as | ||||||
18 | otherwise provided in this Section. | ||||||
19 | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
20 | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its | ||||||
21 | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall | ||||||
22 | be deemed attributable to the provision of special | ||||||
23 | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section | ||||||
24 | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance | ||||||
25 | with maintenance of State financial support requirements | ||||||
26 | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for | ||||||
2 | the provision of special educational facilities and | ||||||
3 | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and | ||||||
4 | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures | ||||||
5 | adopted by the State Board. | ||||||
6 | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit | ||||||
7 | annual spending plans by the end of September of each year | ||||||
8 | to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, | ||||||
9 | which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will | ||||||
10 | utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based | ||||||
11 | Funding it receives from this State under this Section with | ||||||
12 | specific identification of the intended utilization of | ||||||
13 | Low-Income, English learner, and special education | ||||||
14 | resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each | ||||||
15 | Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational | ||||||
16 | Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the | ||||||
17 | Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as | ||||||
18 | defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, | ||||||
19 | from time to time, identify additional requisites for | ||||||
20 | Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual | ||||||
21 | spending plans required under this subsection (h). The | ||||||
22 | format and scope of annual spending plans shall be | ||||||
23 | developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board | ||||||
24 | of Education. School districts that serve students under | ||||||
25 | Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit | ||||||
26 | information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State | ||||||
2 | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for | ||||||
3 | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy | ||||||
4 | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall | ||||||
5 | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, | ||||||
6 | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly | ||||||
7 | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations | ||||||
8 | for: | ||||||
9 | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, | ||||||
10 | innovative, and 21st century learning environments | ||||||
11 | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; | ||||||
12 | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's | ||||||
13 | educators for successful instructional careers; | ||||||
14 | (C) application and enhancement of the current | ||||||
15 | financial accountability measures, the approved State | ||||||
16 | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds | ||||||
17 | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures | ||||||
18 | in relation to student growth and elements of the | ||||||
19 | Evidence-Based Funding model; and | ||||||
20 | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy | ||||||
21 | funding system based on projected and recommended | ||||||
22 | funding levels from the General Assembly. | ||||||
23 | (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
must | ||||||
24 | recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the | ||||||
25 | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the | ||||||
26 | study of average expenses and as reported in the most |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | recent annual financial report: | ||||||
2 | (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
(2) | ||||||
3 | of subsection (b). | ||||||
4 | (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
(O) | ||||||
5 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
6 | (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
paragraph | ||||||
7 | (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
8 | (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
| ||||||
9 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
10 | (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
| ||||||
11 | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
12 | (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
| ||||||
13 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
14 | (i) Professional Review Panel. | ||||||
15 | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and | ||||||
16 | review topics related to the implementation and effect of | ||||||
17 | Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution | ||||||
18 | or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by | ||||||
19 | the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide | ||||||
20 | recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General | ||||||
21 | Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or | ||||||
22 | his or her designee must serve as a voting member and | ||||||
23 | chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must | ||||||
24 | appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the | ||||||
25 | Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a | ||||||
26 | three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any | ||||||
2 | recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed | ||||||
3 | by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided | ||||||
4 | in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the | ||||||
5 | following members: | ||||||
6 | (A) Two appointees that represent district | ||||||
7 | superintendents, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
8 | organization that represents district superintendents. | ||||||
9 | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, | ||||||
10 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
11 | represents school boards. | ||||||
12 | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent | ||||||
13 | school business officials, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
14 | organization that represents school business | ||||||
15 | officials. | ||||||
16 | (D) Two appointees that represent school | ||||||
17 | principals, recommended by a statewide organization | ||||||
18 | that represents school principals. | ||||||
19 | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
20 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
21 | represents teachers. | ||||||
22 | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
23 | recommended by another statewide organization that | ||||||
24 | represents teachers. | ||||||
25 | (G) Two appointees that represent regional | ||||||
26 | superintendents of schools, recommended by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | organizations that represent regional superintendents. | ||||||
2 | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the | ||||||
3 | State Superintendent. | ||||||
4 | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public | ||||||
5 | universities in this State. | ||||||
6 | (J) One member recommended by a statewide | ||||||
7 | organization that represents parents. | ||||||
8 | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective | ||||||
9 | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan | ||||||
10 | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. | ||||||
11 | (L) One member from a statewide organization | ||||||
12 | focused on research-based education policy to support | ||||||
13 | a school system that prepares all students for college, | ||||||
14 | a career, and democratic citizenship. | ||||||
15 | (M) One representative from a school district | ||||||
16 | organized under Article 34 of this Code. | ||||||
17 | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the | ||||||
18 | membership of the Panel includes representatives from | ||||||
19 | school districts and communities reflecting the | ||||||
20 | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity | ||||||
21 | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally | ||||||
22 | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes | ||||||
23 | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and | ||||||
24 | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff | ||||||
25 | the Panel. | ||||||
26 | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly | ||||||
2 | shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of | ||||||
3 | Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of | ||||||
4 | Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the | ||||||
5 | President of the Senate, one member of the House of | ||||||
6 | Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
7 | House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate | ||||||
8 | appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall | ||||||
9 | be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All | ||||||
10 | members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor | ||||||
11 | shall be non-voting, ex officio members. | ||||||
12 | (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the | ||||||
13 | General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided | ||||||
14 | under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following | ||||||
15 | topics at the direction of the chairperson: | ||||||
16 | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans | ||||||
17 | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this | ||||||
18 | Section. | ||||||
19 | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. | ||||||
20 | (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital | ||||||
21 | maintenance and construction costs. | ||||||
22 | (D) "At-risk student" definition. | ||||||
23 | (E) Benefits. | ||||||
24 | (F) Technology. | ||||||
25 | (G) Local Capacity Target. | ||||||
26 | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning | ||||||
2 | opportunities programs. | ||||||
3 | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration | ||||||
4 | strategies. | ||||||
5 | (J) Special education investments. | ||||||
6 | (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration | ||||||
7 | with the Illinois Early Learning Council. | ||||||
8 | (4) (Blank). | ||||||
9 | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this | ||||||
10 | Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall | ||||||
11 | complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based | ||||||
12 | Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not | ||||||
13 | the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall | ||||||
14 | report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the | ||||||
15 | Governor on the findings of the study. | ||||||
16 | (6) (Blank). | ||||||
17 | (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target calculation | ||||||
18 | under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of | ||||||
19 | students living in poverty or attending schools located in | ||||||
20 | areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the | ||||||
21 | Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and | ||||||
22 | advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula | ||||||
23 | distribution system established under this Section are | ||||||
24 | sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student | ||||||
25 | and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel | ||||||
26 | shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the | ||||||
2 | following in its review: | ||||||
3 | (A) The financial ability of school districts to | ||||||
4 | provide instruction in a foreign language to every | ||||||
5 | student and whether an additional Essential Element | ||||||
6 | should be added to the formula to ensure that every | ||||||
7 | student has access to instruction in a foreign | ||||||
8 | language. | ||||||
9 | (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential | ||||||
10 | Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel shall | ||||||
11 | consider whether the ratio accurately reflects the | ||||||
12 | staffing needed to support students living in poverty | ||||||
13 | or who have traumatic backgrounds. | ||||||
14 | (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be | ||||||
15 | required to better promote racial equity and eliminate | ||||||
16 | structural racism within schools. | ||||||
17 | (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in | ||||||
18 | additional funds each year under this Section and an | ||||||
19 | estimate of when the school system will become fully | ||||||
20 | funded under this level of appropriation. | ||||||
21 | (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding | ||||||
22 | structures that would enable the State to become fully | ||||||
23 | funded at an earlier date. | ||||||
24 | (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to | ||||||
25 | find cost savings within the school system to expedite | ||||||
26 | the journey to a fully funded system. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (G) The appropriate levels for reenrolling and | ||||||
2 | graduating high-risk high school students who have | ||||||
3 | been previously out of school. These outcomes shall | ||||||
4 | include enrollment, attendance, skill gains, credit | ||||||
5 | gains, graduation or promotion to the next grade level, | ||||||
6 | and the transition to college, training, or | ||||||
7 | employment, with an emphasis on progressively | ||||||
8 | increasing the overall attendance. | ||||||
9 | (H) The evidence-based or research-based practices | ||||||
10 | that are shown to reduce the gaps and disparities | ||||||
11 | experienced by African American students in academic | ||||||
12 | achievement and educational performance, including | ||||||
13 | practices that have been shown to reduce parities in | ||||||
14 | disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, graduation rates, | ||||||
15 | college matriculation rates, and college completion | ||||||
16 | rates. | ||||||
17 | On or before December 31, 2021, the Panel shall report | ||||||
18 | to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor | ||||||
19 | on the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is | ||||||
20 | inoperative on and after July 1, 2022. | ||||||
21 | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other | ||||||
22 | laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section | ||||||
23 | 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be | ||||||
24 | references to evidence-based model formula funds or | ||||||
25 | calculations under this Section.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff. | ||||||
2 | 6-14-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; revised 8-21-20.)
| ||||||
3 | Article 95. | ||||||
4 | Section 95-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
5 | Equity in Higher Education Act. References in this Article to | ||||||
6 | "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
7 | Section 95-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
8 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following: | ||||||
9 | (1) Historic and continuous systemic racism has | ||||||
10 | created significant disparities in college access, | ||||||
11 | affordability, and completion for Black, Latinx, | ||||||
12 | low-income, and other underrepresented and historically | ||||||
13 | underserved students. | ||||||
14 | (2) Higher education is examining its role as a | ||||||
15 | contributor to systemic racism, while recognizing its | ||||||
16 | place in providing opportunity and upward mobility, and its | ||||||
17 | role as a powerful actor in dismantling systemic racism. | ||||||
18 | (3) Chicago State University has created the Equity | ||||||
19 | Working Group, which includes statewide representation of | ||||||
20 | private, community, and public sector stakeholders, to | ||||||
21 | create an action plan for employers, the secondary and | ||||||
22 | postsecondary education systems, philanthropic | ||||||
23 | organizations, community-based organizations, and our |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | executive and legislative bodies to improve college | ||||||
2 | access, completion, and post-graduation outcomes for Black | ||||||
3 | college students in Illinois. | ||||||
4 | (4) Despite similar numbers of Black high school | ||||||
5 | graduates, Illinois saw about 25,000 fewer Black enrollees | ||||||
6 | in Illinois higher education in 2018 compared to 2008. | ||||||
7 | (5) Illinois must address wide disparities in degree | ||||||
8 | completion at Illinois community colleges, which currently | ||||||
9 | graduate Black and Latinx students at a rate of 14% and 26% | ||||||
10 | respectively compared to the rate of 38% for White | ||||||
11 | students, as well as at public universities, which | ||||||
12 | currently graduate Black and Latinx students at a rate of | ||||||
13 | 34% and 49% respectively compared to 66% of White students, | ||||||
14 | within 6 years. | ||||||
15 | (6) The State of Illinois benefits from a diverse | ||||||
16 | public higher education system that includes universities | ||||||
17 | and community colleges with different missions and scopes | ||||||
18 | that maximize college enrollment, persistence, and | ||||||
19 | completion of underrepresented and historically | ||||||
20 | underserved students, including Black and Latinx students | ||||||
21 | and students from low-income families. | ||||||
22 | (7) Illinois has a moral obligation and an economic | ||||||
23 | interest in dismantling and reforming structures that | ||||||
24 | create or exacerbate racial and socioeconomic inequities | ||||||
25 | in K-12 and higher education. | ||||||
26 | (8) The Board of Higher Education has a statutory |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | obligation to create a strategic plan for higher education | ||||||
2 | and has adopted core principles to guide this plan. | ||||||
3 | (9) The Board of Higher Education has included among | ||||||
4 | its core principles designed to guide the strategic plan | ||||||
5 | the assumption that excellence coupled with equity should | ||||||
6 | drive the higher education system and that the higher | ||||||
7 | education system will make equity-driven decisions, | ||||||
8 | elevating the voices of those who have been underserved, | ||||||
9 | and actively identify and remove systemic barriers that | ||||||
10 | have prevented students of color, first generation college | ||||||
11 | students, low-income students, adult learners, and rural | ||||||
12 | students from accessing and succeeding in higher | ||||||
13 | education; access and affordability as well as high quality | ||||||
14 | are embedded in the definition of equity. | ||||||
15 | (b) The General Assembly supports all of the following work | ||||||
16 | and goals of the Board of Higher Education: | ||||||
17 | (1) Its work on the strategic plan for higher education | ||||||
18 | and the vision it has set forth that over the next 10 years | ||||||
19 | Illinois will have an equitable, accessible, innovative, | ||||||
20 | nimble, and aligned higher education ecosystem that | ||||||
21 | ensures individuals, families, and communities across the | ||||||
22 | state thrive. | ||||||
23 | (2) Its goal to close equity gaps in higher education | ||||||
24 | in Illinois and that the strategic plan will identify | ||||||
25 | multiple strategies to achieve this goal. | ||||||
26 | (3) Its goal to increase postsecondary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | credential/degree attainment and develop talent to drive | ||||||
2 | the economy of Illinois and that the strategic plan will | ||||||
3 | identify strategies to achieve this goal, including | ||||||
4 | embedding equity in the State's attainment goal. | ||||||
5 | (4) Its goal to improve higher education | ||||||
6 | affordability, increase access, and manage costs and the | ||||||
7 | expectation that the strategic plan will identify | ||||||
8 | strategies for stakeholders to achieve these goals, | ||||||
9 | including opportunities to improve efficiency and | ||||||
10 | principles for equitable and adequate ways to fund higher | ||||||
11 | education.
| ||||||
12 | (c) The General Assembly encourages the Board of Higher | ||||||
13 | Education to prepare an array of policy, practice, and proposed | ||||||
14 | legislative changes required to implement the strategic plan, | ||||||
15 | along with an implementation process and timeline by May 1, | ||||||
16 | 2021 and to regularly evaluate the impact of the implementation | ||||||
17 | of the strategic plan and publicly report the evaluation to | ||||||
18 | ensure that the goals are achieved as intended and lead to a | ||||||
19 | high-quality, equitable, and diverse higher education system | ||||||
20 | in Illinois.
| ||||||
21 | Article 100. | ||||||
22 | Section 100-1. Short title. This Act may be cited as the | ||||||
23 | Developmental Education Reform Act. References in this Article | ||||||
24 | to "this Act" mean this Article.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 100-5. Findings. The General Assembly makes all of | ||||||
2 | the following findings: | ||||||
3 | (1) Nearly 50% of this State's high school graduates | ||||||
4 | who enroll full-time in a community college are placed in | ||||||
5 | developmental education coursework in at least one | ||||||
6 | subject. Community colleges place nearly 71% of Black | ||||||
7 | students in developmental education courses compared to | ||||||
8 | 42% of white students. | ||||||
9 | (2) Traditional developmental education courses cost | ||||||
10 | students time and money and expend their financial aid | ||||||
11 | because a student does not receive college credit for the | ||||||
12 | successful completion of a traditional developmental | ||||||
13 | education course. This can be a barrier to enrollment, | ||||||
14 | persistence, and certificate or degree completion. | ||||||
15 | (3) Developmental education courses can exacerbate | ||||||
16 | inequities in higher education. Community colleges | ||||||
17 | graduate Black students who are placed in developmental | ||||||
18 | education courses at a rate of approximately 8% compared to | ||||||
19 | a graduation rate of 26% for white students who are placed | ||||||
20 | in developmental education courses. | ||||||
21 | (4) A history of inconsistent and inadequate | ||||||
22 | approaches to student placement in community college | ||||||
23 | coursework, such as the reliance on standardized test | ||||||
24 | scores, has resulted in too many students being placed in | ||||||
25 | developmental education coursework who could otherwise |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | succeed in introductory college-level coursework or | ||||||
2 | introductory college-level coursework with concurrent | ||||||
3 | support. | ||||||
4 | (5) Developmental education reform is in progress, and | ||||||
5 | public institutions of higher education and State agencies | ||||||
6 | have undertaken voluntary efforts and committed resources | ||||||
7 | to improve placement and to address disparities in the | ||||||
8 | successful completion of introductory college-level | ||||||
9 | coursework. | ||||||
10 | (6) The Illinois Council of Community College | ||||||
11 | Presidents, the Illinois Community College Chief Academic | ||||||
12 | Officers Commission, the Illinois Community College Chief | ||||||
13 | Student Services Officers Commission, and the Illinois | ||||||
14 | Mathematics Association of Community Colleges have already | ||||||
15 | developed and approved a more equitable, multiple measures | ||||||
16 | framework for placement in coursework that is currently | ||||||
17 | implemented at many but not all community colleges. | ||||||
18 | (7) In 2019, members of the General Assembly, faculty | ||||||
19 | and administrators from public institutions of higher | ||||||
20 | education, board trustees from community college | ||||||
21 | districts, representatives from the Board of Higher | ||||||
22 | Education, the Illinois Community College Board, and other | ||||||
23 | appointed stakeholders convened a task force to inventory | ||||||
24 | and study developmental education models employed by | ||||||
25 | public community colleges and universities in this State | ||||||
26 | and to submit a detailed plan for scaling developmental |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | education reforms in which all students who are placed in | ||||||
2 | developmental education coursework are enrolled in an | ||||||
3 | evidence-based developmental education model that | ||||||
4 | maximizes a student's likelihood of completing an | ||||||
5 | introductory college-level course within his or her first 2 | ||||||
6 | semesters at an institution of higher education. The data | ||||||
7 | released by the task force indicates all of the following: | ||||||
8 | (A) Despite more effective developmental education | ||||||
9 | models, community colleges and universities use the | ||||||
10 | traditional developmental education model for 77% of | ||||||
11 | students who place in a developmental education | ||||||
12 | mathematics course and for 67% of students who place in | ||||||
13 | a developmental English language course. | ||||||
14 | (B) Improved policies, programs, and practices are | ||||||
15 | essential to address the systemic inequities that | ||||||
16 | exist in postsecondary education in this State, such as | ||||||
17 | the disproportionate enrollment of Black students in | ||||||
18 | developmental education courses. | ||||||
19 | (8) To support further reform to developmental | ||||||
20 | education in mathematics, additional work needs to be done | ||||||
21 | in order to more adequately define the math pathways and | ||||||
22 | the various ways that students satisfy mathematics credit | ||||||
23 | requirements depending upon their academic and career | ||||||
24 | pathways.
| ||||||
25 | Section 100-10. Definitions. In this Act: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "College-level English language or mathematics course" or | ||||||
2 | "college-level English language or mathematics coursework" | ||||||
3 | means a course that bears credit and fulfills English language | ||||||
4 | or mathematics credit requirements for a baccalaureate degree, | ||||||
5 | a certificate, or an associate degree from a postsecondary | ||||||
6 | educational institution. | ||||||
7 | "Community college" means a public community college in | ||||||
8 | this State.
| ||||||
9 | "Developmental education" means instruction through which | ||||||
10 | a high school graduate who applies to a college credit program | ||||||
11 | may attain the communication and computation skills necessary | ||||||
12 | to successfully complete college-level coursework.
| ||||||
13 | "Developmental education course" or "developmental | ||||||
14 | education coursework" means a course or a category of courses | ||||||
15 | in which students are placed based on an institution's finding | ||||||
16 | that a student does not have the proficiency necessary to | ||||||
17 | succeed in an introductory college-level English language or | ||||||
18 | mathematics course. | ||||||
19 | "Institution of higher education" or "institution" means a | ||||||
20 | public community college or university in this State. | ||||||
21 | "University" means a public university in this State.
| ||||||
22 | Section 100-15. Placement measures. | ||||||
23 | (a) On or before May 1, 2022, a community college shall use | ||||||
24 | each of the following measures, as appropriate, to determine | ||||||
25 | the placement of a student in introductory college-level |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | English language or mathematics coursework and shall use the | ||||||
2 | scores set forth in recommendations approved by the Illinois | ||||||
3 | Council of Community College Presidents on June 1, 2018: | ||||||
4 | (1) A student's cumulative high school grade point | ||||||
5 | average. | ||||||
6 | (2) A student's successful completion of an | ||||||
7 | appropriate high school transition course in mathematics | ||||||
8 | or English. | ||||||
9 | (3) A student's successful completion of an | ||||||
10 | appropriate developmental education or introductory | ||||||
11 | college-level English language or mathematics course at | ||||||
12 | another regionally accredited postsecondary educational | ||||||
13 | institution. | ||||||
14 | (b) In determining the placement of a student in | ||||||
15 | introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
16 | coursework, a community college shall consider the | ||||||
17 | standardized test scores provided by the student for placement | ||||||
18 | in an introductory college-level English language or | ||||||
19 | mathematics course. | ||||||
20 | In addition, a community college is encouraged to use the | ||||||
21 | scores set forth in recommendations approved by the Illinois | ||||||
22 | Council of Community College Presidents on June 1, 2018 and | ||||||
23 | should also consider other individual measures for placement in | ||||||
24 | an introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
25 | course, as set forth in recommendations approved by the | ||||||
26 | Illinois Council of Community College Presidents on June 1, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 2018, and the scores set forth in those recommendations. | ||||||
2 | In its discretion, a community college may accept a lower | ||||||
3 | score on individual placement measures or accept lower scores | ||||||
4 | in combination with other placement measures than those set | ||||||
5 | forth in the recommendations. | ||||||
6 | (c) If a student qualifies for placement in an introductory | ||||||
7 | college-level English language or mathematics course using a | ||||||
8 | single measure under subsection (a) or (b), no additional | ||||||
9 | measures need to be considered for placement of the student in | ||||||
10 | the introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
11 | course.
| ||||||
12 | Section 100-20. Recommendations of Illinois Council of | ||||||
13 | Community College Presidents recommendation revisions; math | ||||||
14 | pathways. | ||||||
15 | (a) If the Illinois Council of Community College Presidents | ||||||
16 | approves any revised recommendations for determining the | ||||||
17 | placement of students in introductory college-level English | ||||||
18 | language or mathematics courses in response to changes in | ||||||
19 | scoring systems, the introduction and use of additional | ||||||
20 | measures, or evidence that demonstrates the inaccuracy in the | ||||||
21 | use of scores in previous recommendations, then, within one | ||||||
22 | year after the date of the adoption of those revised | ||||||
23 | recommendations, references in this Act to recommendations | ||||||
24 | approved by the Illinois Council of Community College | ||||||
25 | Presidents on June 1, 2018 shall mean the revised |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | recommendations. The General Assembly may request that the | ||||||
2 | Illinois Council of Community College Presidents provide to the | ||||||
3 | General Assembly the rationale and supporting evidence for any | ||||||
4 | revision to the Council's recommendations. | ||||||
5 | (b) Beginning no later than December 1, 2021, the Illinois | ||||||
6 | Board of Higher Education shall convene stakeholders to | ||||||
7 | consider a multiple measures framework for placement into | ||||||
8 | college-level coursework for Illinois public universities with | ||||||
9 | considerations for math pathways and major requirements.
| ||||||
10 | Section 100-25. Placement policy; report. | ||||||
11 | (a) Each institution of higher education shall publicly | ||||||
12 | post its placement policy in a manner that is easily accessible | ||||||
13 | to both students and prospective students. | ||||||
14 | (b) On or before July 1, 2023, the Illinois Community | ||||||
15 | College Board shall issue a report, which shall be made | ||||||
16 | available to the public on its Internet website, concerning | ||||||
17 | each community college's developmental education and | ||||||
18 | college-level coursework placement policy and the policy's | ||||||
19 | outcomes. The data disclosed in the report must be consistent | ||||||
20 | with the Illinois Community College Board's requirements for | ||||||
21 | data collection and should be disaggregated by developmental | ||||||
22 | education course model, as defined by the Illinois Community | ||||||
23 | College Board, and by gender, race and ethnicity, and federal | ||||||
24 | Pell Grant status.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 100-30. Institutional plans; report. | ||||||
2 | (a) On or before May 1, 2022, each university shall submit | ||||||
3 | to the Board of Higher Education and each community college | ||||||
4 | shall submit to the Illinois Community College Board its | ||||||
5 | institutional plan for scaling evidence-based developmental | ||||||
6 | education reforms to maximize the probability that a student | ||||||
7 | will be placed in and successfully complete introductory | ||||||
8 | college-level English language or mathematics coursework | ||||||
9 | within 2 semesters at the institution. At a minimum, a plan | ||||||
10 | submitted by an institution shall include all of the following: | ||||||
11 | (1) A description of the current developmental | ||||||
12 | education models offered by the institution. If the | ||||||
13 | institution does not currently offer developmental | ||||||
14 | education coursework, it must provide details regarding | ||||||
15 | its decision not to offer developmental education | ||||||
16 | coursework and the pathways that are available to students | ||||||
17 | deemed to be insufficiently prepared for introductory | ||||||
18 | college-level English language or mathematics coursework. | ||||||
19 | (2) A description of the developmental education | ||||||
20 | models that will be implemented and scaled and the basis of | ||||||
21 | the evidence and associated data that the institution | ||||||
22 | considered in making the decision to scale each model. | ||||||
23 | (3) Baseline data and benchmarks for progress, | ||||||
24 | including, but not limited to, (i) enrollment in | ||||||
25 | credit-bearing English language or mathematics courses, | ||||||
26 | (ii) rates of successful completion of introductory |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | college-level English language or mathematics courses, and | ||||||
2 | (iii) college-credit accumulation. | ||||||
3 | (4) Detailed plans for scaling reforms and improving | ||||||
4 | outcomes for all students placed in traditional | ||||||
5 | developmental education models or models with comparable | ||||||
6 | introductory college-level course completion rates. The | ||||||
7 | plan shall provide details about the expected improvements | ||||||
8 | in educational outcomes for Black students as result of the | ||||||
9 | proposed reforms. | ||||||
10 | (b) On or before January 1, 2023 and every 2 years | ||||||
11 | thereafter, the Board of Higher Education and Illinois | ||||||
12 | Community College Board shall collect data and report to the | ||||||
13 | General Assembly and the public the status of developmental | ||||||
14 | education reforms at institutions. The report must include data | ||||||
15 | on the progress of the developmental education reforms, | ||||||
16 | including, but not limited to, (i) enrollment in credit-bearing | ||||||
17 | English language or mathematics courses, (ii) rates of | ||||||
18 | successful completion of introductory college-level English | ||||||
19 | language or mathematics courses, and (iii) college-credit | ||||||
20 | accumulation. The data should be disaggregated by gender, race | ||||||
21 | and ethnicity, federal Pell Grant status, and other variables | ||||||
22 | of interest to the Board of Higher Education and the Illinois | ||||||
23 | Community College Board. | ||||||
24 | (c) On or before January 1, 2024 and every 2 years | ||||||
25 | thereafter, the Board of Higher Education and Illinois | ||||||
26 | Community College Board, in consultation with institutions of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | higher education and other stakeholders, shall consider | ||||||
2 | additional data reporting requirements to facilitate the | ||||||
3 | rigorous and continuous evaluation of each institution's | ||||||
4 | implementation plan and its impact on improving outcomes for | ||||||
5 | students in developmental education, particularly for Black | ||||||
6 | students.
| ||||||
7 | Section 100-90. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act | ||||||
8 | of 1974. Nothing in this Act supersedes the federal Family | ||||||
9 | Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 or rules adopted | ||||||
10 | pursuant to the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy | ||||||
11 | Act of 1974.
| ||||||
12 | Article 115. | ||||||
13 | Section 115-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
14 | Section 21B-50 as follows:
| ||||||
15 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-50) | ||||||
16 | Sec. 21B-50. Alternative Educator Licensure Program. | ||||||
17 | (a) There is established an alternative educator licensure | ||||||
18 | program, to be known as the Alternative Educator Licensure | ||||||
19 | Program for Teachers. | ||||||
20 | (b) The Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||||||
21 | Teachers may be offered by a recognized institution approved to | ||||||
22 | offer educator preparation programs by the State Board of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Education, in consultation with the State Educator Preparation | ||||||
2 | and Licensure Board. | ||||||
3 | The program shall be comprised of 4 phases: | ||||||
4 | (1) A course of study that at a minimum includes | ||||||
5 | instructional planning; instructional strategies, | ||||||
6 | including special education, reading, and English language | ||||||
7 | learning; classroom management; and the assessment of | ||||||
8 | students and use of data to drive instruction. | ||||||
9 | (2) A year of residency, which is a candidate's | ||||||
10 | assignment to a full-time teaching position or as a | ||||||
11 | co-teacher for one full school year. An individual must | ||||||
12 | hold an Educator License with Stipulations with an | ||||||
13 | alternative provisional educator endorsement in order to | ||||||
14 | enter the residency and must complete additional program | ||||||
15 | requirements that address required State and national | ||||||
16 | standards, pass the State Board's teacher performance | ||||||
17 | assessment no later than the end of the first semester of | ||||||
18 | the second year of residency, as required under phase (3) | ||||||
19 | of this subsection (b), and be recommended by the principal | ||||||
20 | or qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under | ||||||
21 | subsection (d) of this Section, and the program coordinator | ||||||
22 | to continue with the second year of the residency. | ||||||
23 | (3) A second year of residency, which shall include the | ||||||
24 | candidate's assignment to a full-time teaching position | ||||||
25 | for one school year. The candidate must be assigned an | ||||||
26 | experienced teacher to act as a mentor and coach the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | candidate through the second year of residency. | ||||||
2 | (4) A comprehensive assessment of the candidate's | ||||||
3 | teaching effectiveness, as evaluated by the principal or | ||||||
4 | qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under | ||||||
5 | subsection (d) of this Section, and the program | ||||||
6 | coordinator, at the end of the second year of residency. If | ||||||
7 | there is disagreement between the 2 evaluators about the | ||||||
8 | candidate's teaching effectiveness, the candidate may | ||||||
9 | complete one additional year of residency teaching under a | ||||||
10 | professional development plan developed by the principal | ||||||
11 | or qualified equivalent and the preparation program. At the | ||||||
12 | completion of the third year, a candidate must have | ||||||
13 | positive evaluations and a recommendation for full | ||||||
14 | licensure from both the principal or qualified equivalent | ||||||
15 | and the program coordinator or no Professional Educator | ||||||
16 | License shall be issued. | ||||||
17 | Successful completion of the program shall be deemed to | ||||||
18 | satisfy any other practice or student teaching and content | ||||||
19 | matter requirements established by law. | ||||||
20 | (c) An alternative provisional educator endorsement on an | ||||||
21 | Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 2 years of | ||||||
22 | teaching in the public schools, including without limitation a | ||||||
23 | preschool educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code | ||||||
24 | or charter school, or in a State-recognized nonpublic school in | ||||||
25 | which the chief administrator is required to have the licensure | ||||||
26 | necessary to be a principal in a public school in this State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and in which a majority of the teachers are required to have | ||||||
2 | the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public school in | ||||||
3 | this State, but may be renewed for a third year if needed to | ||||||
4 | complete the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||||||
5 | Teachers. The endorsement shall be issued only once to an | ||||||
6 | individual who meets all of the following requirements: | ||||||
7 | (1) Has graduated from a regionally accredited college | ||||||
8 | or university with a bachelor's degree or higher. | ||||||
9 | (2) (Blank). Has a cumulative grade point average of | ||||||
10 | 3.0 or greater on a 4.0 scale or its equivalent on another | ||||||
11 | scale. | ||||||
12 | (3) Has completed a major in the content area if | ||||||
13 | seeking a middle or secondary level endorsement or, if | ||||||
14 | seeking an early childhood, elementary, or special | ||||||
15 | education endorsement, has completed a major in the content | ||||||
16 | area of reading, English/language arts, mathematics, or | ||||||
17 | one of the sciences. If the individual does not have a | ||||||
18 | major in a content area for any level of teaching, he or | ||||||
19 | she must submit transcripts to the State Board of Education | ||||||
20 | to be reviewed for equivalency. | ||||||
21 | (4) Has successfully completed phase (1) of subsection | ||||||
22 | (b) of this Section. | ||||||
23 | (5) Has passed a content area test required for the | ||||||
24 | specific endorsement for admission into the program, as | ||||||
25 | required under Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
26 | A candidate possessing the alternative provisional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | educator endorsement may receive a salary, benefits, and any | ||||||
2 | other terms of employment offered to teachers in the school who | ||||||
3 | are members of an exclusive bargaining representative, if any, | ||||||
4 | but a school is not required to provide these benefits during | ||||||
5 | the years of residency if the candidate is serving only as a | ||||||
6 | co-teacher. If the candidate is serving as the teacher of | ||||||
7 | record, the candidate must receive a salary, benefits, and any | ||||||
8 | other terms of employment. Residency experiences must not be | ||||||
9 | counted towards tenure. | ||||||
10 | (d) The recognized institution offering the Alternative | ||||||
11 | Educator Licensure Program for Teachers must partner with a | ||||||
12 | school district, including without limitation a preschool | ||||||
13 | educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code or | ||||||
14 | charter school, or a State-recognized, nonpublic school in this | ||||||
15 | State in which the chief administrator is required to have the | ||||||
16 | licensure necessary to be a principal in a public school in | ||||||
17 | this State and in which a majority of the teachers are required | ||||||
18 | to have the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public | ||||||
19 | school in this State. A recognized institution that partners | ||||||
20 | with a public school district administering a preschool | ||||||
21 | educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code must | ||||||
22 | require a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates in the | ||||||
23 | program. A recognized institution that partners with an | ||||||
24 | eligible entity administering a preschool educational program | ||||||
25 | under Section 2-3.71 of this Code and that is not a public | ||||||
26 | school district must require a principal or qualified |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | equivalent of a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates | ||||||
2 | in the program. The program presented for approval by the State | ||||||
3 | Board of Education must demonstrate the supports that are to be | ||||||
4 | provided to assist the provisional teacher during the 2-year | ||||||
5 | residency period. These supports must provide additional | ||||||
6 | contact hours with mentors during the first year of residency. | ||||||
7 | (e) Upon completion of the 4 phases outlined in subsection | ||||||
8 | (b) of this Section and all assessments required under Section | ||||||
9 | 21B-30 of this Code, an individual shall receive a Professional | ||||||
10 | Educator License. | ||||||
11 | (f) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
12 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||||||
13 | rules as may be necessary to establish and implement the | ||||||
14 | Alternative Educator Licensure Program for Teachers.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-822, eff. 1-1-19; | ||||||
16 | 101-220, eff. 8-7-19; 101-570, eff. 8-23-19; 101-643, eff. | ||||||
17 | 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
18 | Article 120. | ||||||
19 | Section 120-5. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act | ||||||
20 | is amended by changing Section 50 as follows:
| ||||||
21 | (110 ILCS 947/50)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 50. Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship | ||||||
23 | program.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) As used in this Section:
| ||||||
2 | "Eligible applicant" means a minority student who has | ||||||
3 | graduated
from high school or has received a high school | ||||||
4 | equivalency certificate
and has
maintained a cumulative | ||||||
5 | grade point average of
no
less than 2.5 on a 4.0 scale, and | ||||||
6 | who by reason thereof is entitled to
apply for scholarships | ||||||
7 | to be awarded under this Section.
| ||||||
8 | "Minority student" means a student who is any of the | ||||||
9 | following: | ||||||
10 | (1) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person | ||||||
11 | having origins in any of the original peoples of North | ||||||
12 | and South America, including Central America, and who | ||||||
13 | maintains tribal affiliation or community attachment). | ||||||
14 | (2) Asian (a person having origins in any of the | ||||||
15 | original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or | ||||||
16 | the Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited | ||||||
17 | to, Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, | ||||||
18 | Pakistan, the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and | ||||||
19 | Vietnam). | ||||||
20 | (3) Black or African American (a person having | ||||||
21 | origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa). | ||||||
22 | Terms such as "Haitian" or "Negro" can be used in | ||||||
23 | addition to "Black or African American". | ||||||
24 | (4) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican, | ||||||
25 | Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other | ||||||
26 | Spanish culture or origin, regardless of race). |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a | ||||||
2 | person having origins in any of the original peoples of | ||||||
3 | Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
| ||||||
4 | "Qualified bilingual minority applicant" means a | ||||||
5 | qualified student who demonstrates proficiency in a | ||||||
6 | language other than English by (i) receiving a State Seal | ||||||
7 | of Biliteracy from the State Board of Education or (ii) | ||||||
8 | receiving a passing score on an educator licensure target | ||||||
9 | language proficiency test. | ||||||
10 | "Qualified student" means a person (i) who is a | ||||||
11 | resident of this State
and a citizen or permanent resident | ||||||
12 | of the United States; (ii) who is a
minority student, as | ||||||
13 | defined in this Section; (iii) who, as an eligible
| ||||||
14 | applicant, has made a timely application for a minority | ||||||
15 | teaching
scholarship under this Section; (iv) who is | ||||||
16 | enrolled on at least a
half-time basis at a
qualified | ||||||
17 | Illinois institution of
higher learning; (v) who is | ||||||
18 | enrolled in a course of study leading to
teacher licensure, | ||||||
19 | including alternative teacher licensure, or, if the | ||||||
20 | student is already licensed to teach, in a course of study | ||||||
21 | leading to an additional teaching endorsement or a master's | ||||||
22 | degree in an academic field in which he or she is teaching | ||||||
23 | or plans to teach or who has received one or more College | ||||||
24 | and Career Pathway Endorsements pursuant to Section 80 of | ||||||
25 | the Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act and commits | ||||||
26 | to enrolling in a course of study leading to teacher |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | licensure, including alternative teacher licensure ; (vi)
| ||||||
2 | who maintains a grade point average of no
less than 2.5 on | ||||||
3 | a 4.0 scale;
and (vii) who continues to advance | ||||||
4 | satisfactorily toward the attainment
of a degree.
| ||||||
5 | (b) In order to encourage academically talented Illinois | ||||||
6 | minority
students to pursue teaching careers at the preschool | ||||||
7 | or elementary or
secondary
school
level and to address and | ||||||
8 | alleviate the teacher shortage crisis in this State described | ||||||
9 | under the provisions of the Transitions in Education Act , each | ||||||
10 | qualified student shall be awarded a minority teacher
| ||||||
11 | scholarship to any qualified Illinois institution of higher | ||||||
12 | learning.
However, preference may be given to qualified | ||||||
13 | applicants enrolled at or above
the
junior level.
| ||||||
14 | (c) Each minority teacher scholarship awarded under this | ||||||
15 | Section shall
be in an amount sufficient to pay the tuition and | ||||||
16 | fees and room and board
costs of the qualified Illinois | ||||||
17 | institution of higher learning at which the
recipient is | ||||||
18 | enrolled, up to an annual maximum of $5,000;
except that
in
the | ||||||
19 | case of a recipient who does not reside on-campus at the | ||||||
20 | institution at
which he or she is enrolled, the amount of the | ||||||
21 | scholarship shall be
sufficient to pay tuition and fee expenses | ||||||
22 | and a commuter allowance, up to
an annual maximum of $5,000.
| ||||||
23 | However, if at least $2,850,000 is appropriated in a given | ||||||
24 | fiscal year for the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship | ||||||
25 | program, then, in each fiscal year thereafter, each scholarship | ||||||
26 | awarded under this Section shall
be in an amount sufficient to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pay the tuition and fees and room and board
costs of the | ||||||
2 | qualified Illinois institution of higher learning at which the
| ||||||
3 | recipient is enrolled, up to an annual maximum of $7,500;
| ||||||
4 | except that
in
the case of a recipient who does not reside | ||||||
5 | on-campus at the institution at
which he or she is enrolled, | ||||||
6 | the amount of the scholarship shall be
sufficient to pay | ||||||
7 | tuition and fee expenses and a commuter allowance, up to
an | ||||||
8 | annual maximum of $7,500.
| ||||||
9 | (d) The total amount of minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
10 | assistance awarded by
the Commission under this Section to an | ||||||
11 | individual in any given fiscal
year, when added to other | ||||||
12 | financial assistance awarded to that individual
for that year, | ||||||
13 | shall not exceed the cost of attendance at the institution
at | ||||||
14 | which the student is enrolled. If the amount of minority | ||||||
15 | teacher
scholarship to be awarded to a qualified student as | ||||||
16 | provided in
subsection (c) of this Section exceeds the cost of | ||||||
17 | attendance at the
institution at which the student is enrolled, | ||||||
18 | the minority teacher
scholarship shall be reduced by an amount | ||||||
19 | equal to the amount by which the
combined financial assistance | ||||||
20 | available to the student exceeds the cost
of attendance.
| ||||||
21 | (e) The maximum number of academic terms for which a | ||||||
22 | qualified
student
can receive minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
23 | assistance shall be 8 semesters or
12 quarters.
| ||||||
24 | (f) In any academic year for which an eligible applicant | ||||||
25 | under this
Section accepts financial assistance through the | ||||||
26 | Paul Douglas Teacher
Scholarship Program, as authorized by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 551 et seq. of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, the | ||||||
2 | applicant shall not be eligible for scholarship
assistance | ||||||
3 | awarded under this Section.
| ||||||
4 | (g) All applications for minority teacher scholarships to | ||||||
5 | be awarded
under this Section shall be made to the Commission | ||||||
6 | on forms which the
Commission shall provide for eligible | ||||||
7 | applicants. The form of applications
and the information | ||||||
8 | required to be set forth therein shall be determined by
the | ||||||
9 | Commission, and the Commission shall require eligible | ||||||
10 | applicants to
submit with their applications such supporting | ||||||
11 | documents or recommendations
as the Commission deems | ||||||
12 | necessary.
| ||||||
13 | (h) Subject to a separate appropriation for such purposes, | ||||||
14 | payment of
any minority teacher scholarship awarded under this | ||||||
15 | Section shall be
determined by the Commission. All scholarship | ||||||
16 | funds distributed in
accordance with this subsection shall be | ||||||
17 | paid to the institution and used
only for payment of the | ||||||
18 | tuition and fee and room and board expenses
incurred by the | ||||||
19 | student in connection with his or her attendance at a qualified | ||||||
20 | Illinois institution of higher
learning. Any minority teacher | ||||||
21 | scholarship awarded under this Section
shall be applicable to 2 | ||||||
22 | semesters or 3 quarters of enrollment. If a
qualified student | ||||||
23 | withdraws from enrollment prior to completion of the
first | ||||||
24 | semester or quarter for which the minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
25 | is
applicable, the school shall refund to the Commission the | ||||||
26 | full amount of the
minority teacher scholarship.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (i) The Commission shall administer the minority teacher | ||||||
2 | scholarship aid
program established by this Section and shall | ||||||
3 | make all necessary and proper
rules not inconsistent with this | ||||||
4 | Section for its effective implementation.
| ||||||
5 | (j) When an appropriation to the Commission for a given | ||||||
6 | fiscal year is
insufficient to provide scholarships to all | ||||||
7 | qualified students, the
Commission shall allocate the | ||||||
8 | appropriation in accordance with this
subsection. If funds are | ||||||
9 | insufficient to provide all qualified students
with a | ||||||
10 | scholarship as authorized by this Section, the Commission shall
| ||||||
11 | allocate the available scholarship funds for that fiscal year | ||||||
12 | to qualified students who submit a complete application form on | ||||||
13 | or before a date specified by the Commission based on the | ||||||
14 | following order of priority: | ||||||
15 | (1) To students who received a scholarship under this | ||||||
16 | Section in the prior academic year and who remain eligible | ||||||
17 | for a minority teacher scholarship under this Section. | ||||||
18 | (2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (k), to | ||||||
19 | students who demonstrate financial need, as determined by | ||||||
20 | the Commission. on the basis
of the date the Commission | ||||||
21 | receives a complete application form.
| ||||||
22 | (k) Notwithstanding paragraph (2) of the provisions of | ||||||
23 | subsection (j) or any other
provision of this Section , at least | ||||||
24 | 35% 30% of the funds appropriated for
scholarships awarded | ||||||
25 | under this Section in each fiscal year shall be reserved
for | ||||||
26 | qualified male minority applicants , with priority being given |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to qualified Black male applicants beginning with fiscal year | ||||||
2 | 2023 .
If the Commission does not receive enough applications | ||||||
3 | from qualified male
minorities on or before
January 1 of each | ||||||
4 | fiscal year to award 35% 30% of the funds appropriated for | ||||||
5 | these
scholarships to qualified
male minority applicants, then | ||||||
6 | the Commission may award a portion of the
reserved funds to | ||||||
7 | qualified
female minority applicants in accordance with | ||||||
8 | subsection (j) .
| ||||||
9 | Beginning with fiscal year 2023, if at least $2,850,000 but | ||||||
10 | less than $4,200,000 is appropriated in a given fiscal year for | ||||||
11 | scholarships awarded under this Section, then at least 10% of | ||||||
12 | the funds appropriated shall be reserved for qualified | ||||||
13 | bilingual minority applicants, with priority being given to | ||||||
14 | qualified bilingual minority applicants who are enrolled in an | ||||||
15 | educator preparation program with a concentration in | ||||||
16 | bilingual, bicultural education. Beginning with fiscal year | ||||||
17 | 2023, if at least $4,200,000 is appropriated in a given fiscal | ||||||
18 | year for the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship program, | ||||||
19 | then at least 30% of the funds appropriated shall be reserved | ||||||
20 | for qualified bilingual minority applicants, with priority | ||||||
21 | being given to qualified bilingual minority applicants who are | ||||||
22 | enrolled in an educator preparation program with a | ||||||
23 | concentration in bilingual, bicultural education. Beginning | ||||||
24 | with fiscal year 2023, if at least $2,850,000 is appropriated | ||||||
25 | in a given fiscal year for scholarships awarded under this | ||||||
26 | Section but the Commission does not receive enough applications |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | from qualified bilingual minority applicants on or before | ||||||
2 | January 1 of that fiscal year to award at least 10% of the | ||||||
3 | funds appropriated to qualified bilingual minority applicants, | ||||||
4 | then the Commission may, in its discretion, award a portion of | ||||||
5 | the reserved funds to other qualified students in accordance | ||||||
6 | with subsection (j).
| ||||||
7 | (l) Prior to receiving scholarship assistance for any | ||||||
8 | academic year,
each recipient of a minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
9 | awarded under this Section
shall be required by the Commission | ||||||
10 | to sign an agreement under which the
recipient pledges that, | ||||||
11 | within the one-year period following the
termination
of the | ||||||
12 | program for which the recipient was awarded a minority
teacher | ||||||
13 | scholarship, the recipient (i) shall begin teaching for a
| ||||||
14 | period of not less
than one year for each year of scholarship | ||||||
15 | assistance he or she was awarded
under this Section; and (ii) | ||||||
16 | shall fulfill this teaching obligation at a
nonprofit Illinois | ||||||
17 | public, private, or parochial preschool, elementary school,
or | ||||||
18 | secondary school at which no less than 30% of the enrolled | ||||||
19 | students are
minority students in the year during which the | ||||||
20 | recipient begins teaching at the
school or may instead, if the | ||||||
21 | recipient received a scholarship as a qualified bilingual | ||||||
22 | minority applicant, fulfill this teaching obligation in a | ||||||
23 | program in transitional bilingual education pursuant to | ||||||
24 | Article 14C of the School Code or in a school in which 20 or | ||||||
25 | more English learner students in the same language | ||||||
26 | classification are enrolled ; and (iii) shall, upon request by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Commission, provide the Commission
with evidence that he or | ||||||
2 | she is fulfilling or has fulfilled the terms of the
teaching | ||||||
3 | agreement provided for in this subsection.
| ||||||
4 | (m) If a recipient of a minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
5 | awarded under this
Section fails to fulfill the teaching | ||||||
6 | obligation set forth in subsection
(l) of this Section, the | ||||||
7 | Commission shall require the recipient to repay
the amount of | ||||||
8 | the scholarships received, prorated according to the fraction
| ||||||
9 | of the teaching obligation not completed, at a rate of interest | ||||||
10 | equal to
5%, and, if applicable, reasonable collection fees.
| ||||||
11 | The Commission is authorized to establish rules relating to its | ||||||
12 | collection
activities for repayment of scholarships under this | ||||||
13 | Section. All repayments
collected under this Section shall be | ||||||
14 | forwarded to the State Comptroller for
deposit into the State's | ||||||
15 | General Revenue Fund.
| ||||||
16 | (n) A recipient of minority teacher scholarship shall not | ||||||
17 | be considered
in violation of the agreement entered into | ||||||
18 | pursuant to subsection (l) if
the recipient (i) enrolls on a | ||||||
19 | full time basis as a graduate student in a
course of study | ||||||
20 | related to the field of teaching at a qualified Illinois
| ||||||
21 | institution of higher learning; (ii) is serving, not in excess | ||||||
22 | of 3 years,
as a member of the armed services of the United | ||||||
23 | States; (iii) is
a person with a temporary total disability for | ||||||
24 | a period of time not to exceed 3 years as
established by sworn | ||||||
25 | affidavit of a qualified physician; (iv) is seeking
and unable | ||||||
26 | to find full time employment as a teacher at an Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | public,
private, or parochial preschool or elementary or | ||||||
2 | secondary school that
satisfies the
criteria set forth in | ||||||
3 | subsection (l) of this Section and is able to provide
evidence | ||||||
4 | of that fact; (v) becomes a person with a permanent total | ||||||
5 | disability as
established by sworn affidavit of a qualified | ||||||
6 | physician; (vi) is taking additional courses, on at least a | ||||||
7 | half-time basis, needed to obtain licensure as a teacher in | ||||||
8 | Illinois; or (vii) is fulfilling teaching requirements | ||||||
9 | associated with other programs administered by the Commission | ||||||
10 | and cannot concurrently fulfill them under this Section in a | ||||||
11 | period of time equal to the length of the teaching obligation.
| ||||||
12 | (o) Scholarship recipients under this Section who withdraw | ||||||
13 | from
a program of teacher education but remain enrolled in | ||||||
14 | school
to continue their postsecondary studies in another | ||||||
15 | academic discipline shall
not be required to commence repayment | ||||||
16 | of their Minority Teachers of Illinois
scholarship so long as | ||||||
17 | they remain enrolled in school on a full-time basis or
if they | ||||||
18 | can document for the Commission special circumstances that | ||||||
19 | warrant
extension of repayment.
| ||||||
20 | (p) If the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship | ||||||
21 | program does not expend at least 90% of the amount appropriated | ||||||
22 | for the program in a given fiscal year for 3 consecutive fiscal | ||||||
23 | years and the Commission does not receive enough applications | ||||||
24 | from the groups identified in subsection (k) on or before | ||||||
25 | January 1 in each of those fiscal years to meet the percentage | ||||||
26 | reserved for those groups under subsection (k), then up to 3% |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of amount appropriated for the program for each of next 3 | ||||||
2 | fiscal years shall be allocated to increasing awareness of the | ||||||
3 | program and for the recruitment of Black male applicants. The | ||||||
4 | Commission shall make a recommendation to the General Assembly | ||||||
5 | by January 1 of the year immediately following the end of that | ||||||
6 | third fiscal year regarding whether the amount allocated to | ||||||
7 | increasing awareness and recruitment should continue. | ||||||
8 | (q) Each qualified Illinois institution of higher learning | ||||||
9 | that receives funds from the Minority Teachers of Illinois | ||||||
10 | scholarship program shall host an annual information session at | ||||||
11 | the institution about the program for teacher candidates of | ||||||
12 | color in accordance with rules adopted by the Commission. | ||||||
13 | Additionally, the institution shall ensure that each | ||||||
14 | scholarship recipient enrolled at the institution meets with an | ||||||
15 | academic advisor at least once per academic year to facilitate | ||||||
16 | on-time completion of the recipient's educator preparation | ||||||
17 | program. | ||||||
18 | (r) The changes made to this Section by this amendatory Act | ||||||
19 | of the 101st General Assembly will first take effect with | ||||||
20 | awards made for the 2022-2023 academic year. | ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 99-143, eff. 7-27-15; 100-235, eff. 6-1-18 .)
| ||||||
22 | Article 125. | ||||||
23 | Section 125-5. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act | ||||||
24 | is amended by changing Section 65.100 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (110 ILCS 947/65.100) | ||||||
2 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024) | ||||||
3 | Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. | ||||||
4 | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
5 | findings: | ||||||
6 | (1) Both access and affordability are important | ||||||
7 | aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and | ||||||
8 | Career Success report. | ||||||
9 | (2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to | ||||||
10 | the percentage of family income needed to pay for college. | ||||||
11 | (3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase, | ||||||
12 | rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability | ||||||
13 | of college attendance decreases. | ||||||
14 | (4) There is further research indicating that | ||||||
15 | socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of | ||||||
16 | students to use loans to attend college. | ||||||
17 | (5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease | ||||||
18 | the amount of loans that students must use to pay for | ||||||
19 | tuition. | ||||||
20 | (6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount | ||||||
21 | can make the difference in a student choosing to attend | ||||||
22 | college and enhance college access for low-income and | ||||||
23 | middle-income families. | ||||||
24 | (7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for | ||||||
25 | college attendance is met, the federally determined |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting | ||||||
2 | amount. | ||||||
3 | (8) This State is the second largest exporter of | ||||||
4 | students in the country. | ||||||
5 | (9) When talented Illinois students attend | ||||||
6 | universities in this State, the State and those | ||||||
7 | universities benefit. | ||||||
8 | (10) State universities in other states have adopted | ||||||
9 | pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents | ||||||
10 | to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to | ||||||
11 | remain in this State for college. | ||||||
12 | (11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at | ||||||
13 | Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to | ||||||
14 | maintain and educate a highly trained workforce. | ||||||
15 | (12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually | ||||||
16 | targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for | ||||||
17 | public universities. | ||||||
18 | (13) By increasing a public university's capacity to | ||||||
19 | strategically use tuition discounting, the public | ||||||
20 | university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition | ||||||
21 | revenue by increasing enrollment yields. | ||||||
22 | (b) In this Section: | ||||||
23 | "Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school | ||||||
24 | in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of | ||||||
25 | Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due | ||||||
26 | course will be completed by the end of the school year and who |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this | ||||||
2 | Section. | ||||||
3 | "Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary | ||||||
4 | charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the | ||||||
5 | additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are | ||||||
6 | required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic | ||||||
7 | period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does | ||||||
8 | not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other | ||||||
9 | contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. | ||||||
10 | The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this | ||||||
11 | Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of | ||||||
12 | tuition and other necessary fees. | ||||||
13 | (c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public | ||||||
14 | university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot | ||||||
15 | program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year, | ||||||
16 | the Commission shall receive and consider applications from | ||||||
17 | public universities under this Section. Subject to | ||||||
18 | appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by | ||||||
19 | the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may | ||||||
20 | award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that | ||||||
21 | the applicant meets all of the following criteria: | ||||||
22 | (1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen | ||||||
23 | or eligible noncitizen of the United States. | ||||||
24 | (2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal | ||||||
25 | Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a | ||||||
26 | household income no greater than 6 times the poverty |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by | ||||||
2 | the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the | ||||||
3 | authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the | ||||||
4 | applicant at the time of initial application shall be | ||||||
5 | deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the | ||||||
6 | duration of the pilot program. | ||||||
7 | (3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point | ||||||
8 | average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as | ||||||
9 | determined by the public university campus. | ||||||
10 | (4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an | ||||||
11 | undergraduate student on a full-time basis. | ||||||
12 | (5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate | ||||||
13 | degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours. | ||||||
14 | (6) He or she is not incarcerated. | ||||||
15 | (7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or | ||||||
16 | does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal | ||||||
17 | grant or scholarship. | ||||||
18 | (8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
19 | public university campus. | ||||||
20 | (d) Each public university campus shall determine grant | ||||||
21 | renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this | ||||||
22 | Section. | ||||||
23 | (e) Each participating public university campus shall post | ||||||
24 | on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements | ||||||
25 | for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that | ||||||
26 | include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission | ||||||
2 | and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the | ||||||
3 | information on their respective Internet websites. | ||||||
4 | (f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program, | ||||||
5 | the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each | ||||||
6 | public university in an amount proportionate to the number of | ||||||
7 | undergraduate students who are residents of this State and | ||||||
8 | citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who | ||||||
9 | were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous | ||||||
10 | academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission | ||||||
11 | on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms | ||||||
12 | that the Commission shall provide to each public university | ||||||
13 | campus. The form of the application and the information | ||||||
14 | required shall be determined by the Commission and shall | ||||||
15 | include, without limitation, the total public university | ||||||
16 | campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission | ||||||
17 | in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the | ||||||
18 | total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of | ||||||
19 | this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting | ||||||
20 | documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public | ||||||
21 | university campus shall match the amount of funds received by | ||||||
22 | the Commission with financial aid for eligible students. | ||||||
23 | A public university in which an average of at least 49% of | ||||||
24 | the students seeking a bachelor's degree or certificate | ||||||
25 | received a Pell Grant over the prior 3 academic years, as | ||||||
26 | reported to the Commission, shall match 20% of the amount of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | funds awarded in a given academic year with non-loan financial | ||||||
2 | aid for eligible students. A public university in which an | ||||||
3 | average of less than 49% of the students seeking a bachelor's | ||||||
4 | degree or certificate received a Pell Grant over the prior 3 | ||||||
5 | academic years, as reported to the Commission, shall match 60% | ||||||
6 | of the amount of funds awarded in a given academic year with | ||||||
7 | non-loan financial aid for eligible students. | ||||||
8 | A public university campus is not required to claim its | ||||||
9 | entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all | ||||||
10 | public universities, on a date determined by the Commission, | ||||||
11 | any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to | ||||||
12 | those public university campuses in the proportion determined | ||||||
13 | under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those | ||||||
14 | public university campuses not claiming their full | ||||||
15 | allocations. | ||||||
16 | Each public university campus may determine the award | ||||||
17 | amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis, | ||||||
18 | but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not | ||||||
19 | be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his | ||||||
20 | or her first year attending the public university campus. | ||||||
21 | Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced | ||||||
22 | due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including, | ||||||
23 | but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit | ||||||
24 | hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time | ||||||
25 | student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition | ||||||
26 | rate. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this | ||||||
2 | Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant | ||||||
3 | aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total | ||||||
4 | cost of attendance at the public university campus. | ||||||
5 | (g) All money allocated to a public university campus under | ||||||
6 | this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for | ||||||
7 | students attending the public university campus during the | ||||||
8 | academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any | ||||||
9 | other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a | ||||||
10 | public university campus under this Section that are not | ||||||
11 | granted to students in the academic year for which the funds | ||||||
12 | are received may be retained by the public university campus | ||||||
13 | for expenditure on students participating in the Program or | ||||||
14 | students eligible to participate in the Program. | ||||||
15 | (h) Each public university campus that establishes a | ||||||
16 | Program under this Section must annually report to the | ||||||
17 | Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission, | ||||||
18 | the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus | ||||||
19 | who are residents of this State. | ||||||
20 | (i) Each public university campus must report to the | ||||||
21 | Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the | ||||||
22 | public university campus to undergraduate students in the | ||||||
23 | 2017-2018 academic year, not including the summer term. To be | ||||||
24 | eligible to receive funds under the Program, a public | ||||||
25 | university campus may not decrease the total amount of non-loan | ||||||
26 | financial aid it gives to undergraduate students, not including |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | any funds received from the Commission under this Section or | ||||||
2 | any funds used to match grant awards under this Section, to an | ||||||
3 | amount lower than the reported amount for the 2017-2018 | ||||||
4 | academic year, not including the summer term. | ||||||
5 | (j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each | ||||||
6 | public university campus that participates in the Program under | ||||||
7 | this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission | ||||||
8 | with all of the following information: | ||||||
9 | (1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and | ||||||
10 | enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability | ||||||
11 | at the public university campus. | ||||||
12 | (2) Total funds received by the public university | ||||||
13 | campus under the Program. | ||||||
14 | (3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to | ||||||
15 | undergraduate students attending the public university | ||||||
16 | campus. | ||||||
17 | (4) Total amount of funds matched by the public | ||||||
18 | university campus. | ||||||
19 | (5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds | ||||||
20 | retained by the public university campus. | ||||||
21 | (6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed | ||||||
22 | under the Program by the public university campus. | ||||||
23 | (7) The total number of students receiving grants from | ||||||
24 | the public university campus under the Program and those | ||||||
25 | students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family | ||||||
26 | size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of | ||||||
2 | each grant award. This information shall include unit | ||||||
3 | record data on those students regarding variables | ||||||
4 | associated with the parameters of the public university's | ||||||
5 | Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or | ||||||
6 | SAT college admissions test score, high school or | ||||||
7 | university cumulative grade point average, or program of | ||||||
8 | study. | ||||||
9 | On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before | ||||||
10 | October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with | ||||||
11 | the findings under this subsection (j) and any other | ||||||
12 | information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i) | ||||||
13 | the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives, | ||||||
14 | (iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv) | ||||||
15 | the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
16 | Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with | ||||||
17 | the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of | ||||||
18 | the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the | ||||||
19 | Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report | ||||||
20 | may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose | ||||||
21 | personally identifying information of individual students. | ||||||
22 | The sharing and reporting of student data under this | ||||||
23 | subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements | ||||||
24 | under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of | ||||||
25 | 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties | ||||||
26 | must preserve the confidentiality of the information as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this | ||||||
2 | Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of | ||||||
3 | Information Act. | ||||||
4 | Public university campuses that fail to submit a report | ||||||
5 | under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other | ||||||
6 | requirements under this Section may not be eligible for | ||||||
7 | distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic | ||||||
8 | year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each | ||||||
9 | academic year thereafter. | ||||||
10 | (k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this | ||||||
11 | Section. | ||||||
12 | (l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18; | ||||||
14 | 100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-613, eff. | ||||||
15 | 6-1-20; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
16 | Article 130. | ||||||
17 | Section 130-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as | ||||||
18 | the Transitions in Education Act. References in this Article to | ||||||
19 | "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
20 | Section 130-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
21 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following: | ||||||
22 | (1) Teachers are the single most important in-school | ||||||
23 | factor in supporting student outcomes and success; yet, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois is suffering from a profound teacher shortage | ||||||
2 | across the State. | ||||||
3 | (2) To reverse this shortage, Illinois needs to develop | ||||||
4 | and invest in a robust and diverse educator pipeline, | ||||||
5 | addressing any barriers or gaps that limit high quality | ||||||
6 | candidates, particularly candidates of color, from | ||||||
7 | becoming teachers. | ||||||
8 | (3) Illinois loses many high quality, diverse educator | ||||||
9 | candidates in postsecondary programs due to confusion or | ||||||
10 | lack of course transfer credits and course articulation | ||||||
11 | from Illinois's 2-year to 4-year institutions. | ||||||
12 | (4) Lack of alignment and transferability of course | ||||||
13 | credits may often force candidates to spend additional time | ||||||
14 | and money to earn a degree or lead to an inability to | ||||||
15 | complete a degree. | ||||||
16 | (5) In 1993, the Board of Higher Education, the | ||||||
17 | Illinois Community College Board, and the Transfer | ||||||
18 | Coordinators of Illinois Colleges and Universities brought | ||||||
19 | together faculty from public and independent, associate, | ||||||
20 | and baccalaureate degree-granting institutions across the | ||||||
21 | State to develop the Illinois Articulation Initiative | ||||||
22 | (IAI). | ||||||
23 | (6) The goal of IAI is to facilitate the transfer of | ||||||
24 | courses from one participating college or university to | ||||||
25 | another in order to complete a baccalaureate degree. | ||||||
26 | (7) The Student Transfer Achievement Reform (STAR) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Act, as mandated by subsection (b) of Section 25 of the | ||||||
2 | Act, is designed to facilitate transfer among Illinois | ||||||
3 | public institutions, particularly for students with a | ||||||
4 | completed Associate of Arts or an Associate of Science | ||||||
5 | degree. | ||||||
6 | (8) While Illinois is a leading state for college | ||||||
7 | completion rates for adult learners and transfer students | ||||||
8 | from community colleges, it needs to increase the number of | ||||||
9 | high-quality postsecondary teaching credentials to meet | ||||||
10 | the demands of our schools and education workforce. | ||||||
11 | (9) With the rising costs of higher education for | ||||||
12 | Illinois students and families, the State needs to ensure | ||||||
13 | to the maximize extent possible that community college | ||||||
14 | courses will transfer with full credit for the student and | ||||||
15 | be accepted at an Illinois public or private institution as | ||||||
16 | they pursue a baccalaureate degree in education. | ||||||
17 | (10) Illinois can do this by improving transitions all | ||||||
18 | along the education pipeline; for postsecondary education, | ||||||
19 | this means strengthening articulation through stable | ||||||
20 | funding and the expansion of transfer tools, such as | ||||||
21 | Transferology and the IAI through development of an | ||||||
22 | objective measure of transfer and acceptance of credits in | ||||||
23 | education degrees. | ||||||
24 | (11) The IAI Education Pathway can be modeled off of | ||||||
25 | existing IAI major pathways like Early Childhood Education | ||||||
26 | and Criminal Justice.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) The General Assembly encourages the Board of Higher | ||||||
2 | Education, the State Board of Education, and the Illinois | ||||||
3 | Community College Board, as part of the IAI, to do the | ||||||
4 | following: | ||||||
5 | (1) The Board of Higher Education, the State Board of | ||||||
6 | Education, and the Illinois Community College Board are | ||||||
7 | encouraged to jointly establish a task force for a Major | ||||||
8 | Panel in Education and identify respective recommended | ||||||
9 | major courses that would be accepted as credit toward the | ||||||
10 | education major at the receiving institutions. | ||||||
11 | (2) As part of the report on the status of the Illinois | ||||||
12 | Articulation Initiative pursuant to Section 25 of the | ||||||
13 | Illinois Articulation Initiative Act, the Board of Higher | ||||||
14 | Education and the Illinois Community College Board are | ||||||
15 | encouraged to include in the annual report to the General | ||||||
16 | Assembly, the Governor, and the Illinois P-20 Council the | ||||||
17 | progress made on the task force on the Education Major | ||||||
18 | Panel. | ||||||
19 | (3) The Board of Higher Education, the State Board of | ||||||
20 | Education, and the Illinois Community College Board are | ||||||
21 | encouraged to further promote and encourage the enrollment | ||||||
22 | of minority students into educator preparation programs, | ||||||
23 | such as the annual information session about the Minority | ||||||
24 | Teachers of Illinois scholarship program pursuant to | ||||||
25 | subsection (q) of Section 50 of the Higher Education | ||||||
26 | Student Assistance Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Article 135. | ||||||
2 | Section 135-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
3 | Sections 2-3.25 and 27-20.4 and by adding Section 2-3.187 as | ||||||
4 | follows:
| ||||||
5 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25)
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 2-3.25. Standards for schools.
| ||||||
7 | (a) To determine for all types of
schools conducted under | ||||||
8 | this Act efficient and adequate standards for the
physical | ||||||
9 | plant, heating, lighting, ventilation, sanitation, safety,
| ||||||
10 | equipment and supplies, instruction and teaching, curriculum, | ||||||
11 | library,
operation, maintenance, administration and | ||||||
12 | supervision, and to issue,
refuse to issue or revoke | ||||||
13 | certificates of recognition for schools or school
districts | ||||||
14 | pursuant to standards established hereunder; to determine and
| ||||||
15 | establish efficient and adequate standards for approval of | ||||||
16 | credit for
courses given and conducted by schools outside of | ||||||
17 | the regular school term.
| ||||||
18 | (a-5) On or before July 1, 2021, the State Board of | ||||||
19 | Education must adopt revised social science learning standards | ||||||
20 | that are inclusive and reflective of all individuals in this | ||||||
21 | country. | ||||||
22 | (b) Whenever it appears that a secondary or unit school | ||||||
23 | district may
be unable to offer courses enabling students in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | grades 9 through 12 to meet
the minimum preparation and | ||||||
2 | admission requirements for public colleges and
universities | ||||||
3 | adopted by the Board of Higher Education, the State Board of
| ||||||
4 | Education shall assist the district in reviewing and analyzing | ||||||
5 | its existing
curriculum with particular reference to the | ||||||
6 | educational needs of all pupils
of the district and the | ||||||
7 | sufficiency of existing and future revenues and
payments | ||||||
8 | available to the district for development of a curriculum which
| ||||||
9 | will provide maximum educational opportunity to pupils of the | ||||||
10 | district.
The review and analysis may consider achievement of | ||||||
11 | this goal not only
through implementation of traditional | ||||||
12 | classroom methods but also through
development of and | ||||||
13 | participation in joint educational programs with other
school | ||||||
14 | districts or institutions of higher education, or alternative
| ||||||
15 | programs employing modern technological methods including but | ||||||
16 | not limited
to the use of television, telephones, computers, | ||||||
17 | radio and other electronic
devices.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 87-559.)
| ||||||
19 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.187 new) | ||||||
20 | Sec. 2-3.187. Inclusive American History Commission. | ||||||
21 | (a) The Inclusive American History Commission is created to | ||||||
22 | provide assistance to the State Board of Education in revising | ||||||
23 | its social science learning standards under subsection (a-5) of | ||||||
24 | Section 2-3.25. | ||||||
25 | (b) The State Board of Education shall convene the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Inclusive American History Commission to do all of the | ||||||
2 | following: | ||||||
3 | (1) Review available resources for use in school | ||||||
4 | districts that reflect the racial and ethnic diversity of | ||||||
5 | this State and country. The resources identified by the | ||||||
6 | Commission may be posted on the State Board of Education's | ||||||
7 | Internet website. | ||||||
8 | (2) Provide guidance for each learning standard | ||||||
9 | developed for educators on how to ensure that instruction | ||||||
10 | and content are not biased to value specific cultures, time | ||||||
11 | periods, and experiences over other cultures, time | ||||||
12 | periods, and experiences. | ||||||
13 | (3) Develop guidance, tools, and support for | ||||||
14 | professional learning on how to locate and utilize | ||||||
15 | resources for non-dominant cultural narratives and sources | ||||||
16 | of historical information. | ||||||
17 | (c) The Commission shall consist of all of the following | ||||||
18 | members: | ||||||
19 | (1) One Representative appointed by the Speaker of the | ||||||
20 | House of Representatives. | ||||||
21 | (2) One Representative appointed by the Minority | ||||||
22 | Leader of the House of Representatives. | ||||||
23 | (3) One Senator appointed by the President of the | ||||||
24 | Senate. | ||||||
25 | (4) One Senator appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
26 | Senate. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) Two members who are history scholars appointed by | ||||||
2 | the State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
3 | (6) Eight members who are teachers at schools in this | ||||||
4 | State recommended by professional teachers' organizations | ||||||
5 | and appointed by the State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
6 | (7) One representative of the State Board of Education | ||||||
7 | appointed by the State Superintendent of Education who | ||||||
8 | shall serve as chairperson. | ||||||
9 | (8) One member who represents a statewide organization | ||||||
10 | that represents south suburban school districts appointed | ||||||
11 | by the State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
12 | (9) One member who represents a west suburban school | ||||||
13 | district appointed by the State Superintendent of | ||||||
14 | Education. | ||||||
15 | (10) One member who represents a school district | ||||||
16 | organized under Article 34 appointed by the State | ||||||
17 | Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
18 | (11) One member who represents a statewide | ||||||
19 | organization that represents school librarians appointed | ||||||
20 | by the State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
21 | (12) One member who represents a statewide | ||||||
22 | organization that represents principals appointed by the | ||||||
23 | State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
24 | (13) One member who represents a statewide | ||||||
25 | organization that represents superintendents appointed by | ||||||
26 | the State Superintendent of Education. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (14) One member who represents a statewide | ||||||
2 | organization that represents school boards appointed by | ||||||
3 | the State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
4 | Members appointed to the Commission must reflect the | ||||||
5 | racial, ethnic, and geographic diversity of this State. | ||||||
6 | (d) Members of the Commission shall serve without | ||||||
7 | compensation but may be reimbursed for reasonable expenses from | ||||||
8 | funds appropriated to the State Board of Education for that | ||||||
9 | purpose, including travel, subject to the rules of the | ||||||
10 | appropriate travel control board. | ||||||
11 | (e) The State Board of Education shall provide | ||||||
12 | administrative and other support to the Commission. | ||||||
13 | (f) The Commission must submit a report about its work to | ||||||
14 | the State Board of Education, the Governor, and the General | ||||||
15 | Assembly on or before December 31, 2021. The Commission is | ||||||
16 | dissolved upon the submission of its report. | ||||||
17 | (g) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023.
| ||||||
18 | (105 ILCS 5/27-20.4) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-20.4)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 27-20.4. Black History study. Every public elementary | ||||||
20 | school and
high school shall include in its curriculum a unit | ||||||
21 | of instruction studying
the events of Black History, including | ||||||
22 | the history of the pre-enslavement of Black people from 3,000 | ||||||
23 | BCE to AD 1619, the African slave trade, slavery in America, | ||||||
24 | the study of the reasons why Black people came to be enslaved, | ||||||
25 | and the vestiges of slavery in this country , and the study of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the American civil rights renaissance . These events shall | ||||||
2 | include not only the
contributions made by individual | ||||||
3 | African-Americans in government and in the
arts, humanities and | ||||||
4 | sciences to the economic, cultural and political
development of | ||||||
5 | the United States and Africa, but also the socio-economic
| ||||||
6 | struggle which African-Americans experienced collectively in | ||||||
7 | striving to
achieve fair and equal treatment under the laws of | ||||||
8 | this nation. The
studying of this material shall constitute an | ||||||
9 | affirmation by students of
their commitment to respect the | ||||||
10 | dignity of all races and peoples and to
forever eschew every | ||||||
11 | form of discrimination in their lives and careers.
| ||||||
12 | The State Superintendent of Education may prepare and make | ||||||
13 | available to
all school boards instructional materials, | ||||||
14 | including those established by the Amistad Commission, which | ||||||
15 | may be used as guidelines
for development of a unit of | ||||||
16 | instruction under this Section; provided,
however, that each | ||||||
17 | school board shall itself determine the minimum amount
of | ||||||
18 | instruction time which shall qualify as a unit of instruction | ||||||
19 | satisfying
the requirements of this Section.
| ||||||
20 | A school may meet the requirements of this Section through | ||||||
21 | an online program or course. | ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 100-634, eff. 1-1-19 .)
| ||||||
23 | Article 145. | ||||||
24 | Section 145-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Early Education Act. References in this Article to "this | ||||||
2 | Act" means this Article.
| ||||||
3 | Section 145-5. Findings; policies.
| ||||||
4 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following:
| ||||||
5 | (1) Part C of the federal Individuals with Disabilities | ||||||
6 | Education Act and the Early Intervention Services System | ||||||
7 | Act provide that all eligible infants and toddlers and | ||||||
8 | their families are entitled to receive a broad range of | ||||||
9 | developmental, social, and emotional services designed to | ||||||
10 | maximize their development, including speech and language, | ||||||
11 | developmental, occupational, and physical therapies and | ||||||
12 | social work services.
| ||||||
13 | (2) The General Assembly finds that early intervention | ||||||
14 | services as outlined in Part C of the federal Individuals | ||||||
15 | with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) are cost-effective | ||||||
16 | and effectively serve the developmental needs of eligible | ||||||
17 | infants and toddlers and their families.
| ||||||
18 | (3) Early intervention services to young children who | ||||||
19 | have or are at risk for developmental delays have been | ||||||
20 | shown to positively impact outcomes across developmental | ||||||
21 | domains, including language and communication, cognitive | ||||||
22 | development, and social and emotional development.
| ||||||
23 | (4) Families benefit by being able to better meet their | ||||||
24 | child's developmental needs from an early age and | ||||||
25 | throughout their lives.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) Benefits to society include reducing the economic | ||||||
2 | burden through a decreased need for special education.
| ||||||
3 | (6) Data shows that early intervention services in | ||||||
4 | Illinois are at least two and a half times less costly | ||||||
5 | annually than special education services in preschool and | ||||||
6 | elementary years.
| ||||||
7 | (7) Nationwide, nearly 70% of children in early | ||||||
8 | intervention programs exhibit growth greater than | ||||||
9 | expected; this includes acquiring skills at a faster rate | ||||||
10 | even after they leave the program.
| ||||||
11 | (8) Nationwide, nearly half of children leave early | ||||||
12 | intervention programs functioning at age level and do not | ||||||
13 | need special education at kindergarten age.
| ||||||
14 | (9) Early intervention services are underutilized in | ||||||
15 | Illinois and nationally with only 4% of Illinois infants | ||||||
16 | and toddlers currently receiving services, while the | ||||||
17 | research shows that about 13% of Illinois children are | ||||||
18 | eligible.
| ||||||
19 | (10) In Illinois and nationally, only approximately 1% | ||||||
20 | of infants are enrolled in early intervention,
which is far | ||||||
21 | below the percentage of children who should be receiving | ||||||
22 | these services; this is of concern because intervention at | ||||||
23 | the earliest possible point improves children's outcomes, | ||||||
24 | and children born with low or very low birth weights or | ||||||
25 | otherwise leaving the NICU too often do not receive the | ||||||
26 | needed connection to early intervention services, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | particularly those children on Medicaid.
| ||||||
2 | (11) Data indicates that early intervention services | ||||||
3 | in Illinois are underutilized in the medical diagnosis and | ||||||
4 | environmental factors with substantial risk of delay | ||||||
5 | categories; these are the 2 eligibility areas in which | ||||||
6 | infants and toddlers are automatically eligible.
| ||||||
7 | (12) Experts conclude that early intervention | ||||||
8 | eligibility needs to be clearly understood and documented | ||||||
9 | so that children and families who meet eligibility | ||||||
10 | requirements can be appropriately referred, served, and | ||||||
11 | supported.
| ||||||
12 | (13) The Early Intervention Services System Act | ||||||
13 | requires the State to provide a comprehensive, | ||||||
14 | coordinated, interagency, and interdisciplinary early | ||||||
15 | intervention services system for eligible infants and | ||||||
16 | toddlers and their families by enhancing the capacity to | ||||||
17 | provide quality early intervention services, expanding and | ||||||
18 | improving existing services, and facilitating coordination | ||||||
19 | of payments for early intervention
services from various | ||||||
20 | public and private sources.
| ||||||
21 | (14) Black and Latinx children in Illinois are more | ||||||
22 | likely to be on a waiting list for services. This is due to | ||||||
23 | a number of reasons, including the reluctance to provide | ||||||
24 | services in certain neighborhoods due to the perception of | ||||||
25 | safety issues and in cases in which families experience | ||||||
26 | multiple challenges, such as child welfare involvement or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | families experiencing homelessness, which are all | ||||||
2 | predictive factors of children that could benefit from | ||||||
3 | early intervention services.
| ||||||
4 | (15) Inequitable access to appropriate early | ||||||
5 | intervention services is disproportionately more likely to | ||||||
6 | be experienced by Black and Latinx families.
| ||||||
7 | (b) The General Assembly encourages the Department of Human | ||||||
8 | Services, in consultation with advocates and experts in the | ||||||
9 | field, including the Interagency Council on Early | ||||||
10 | Intervention, to take all of the following actions:
| ||||||
11 | (1) to re-examine the definition of "at-risk" and also | ||||||
12 | the diagnosed medical conditions that typically result in | ||||||
13 | delay to ensure that they effectively increase eligibility | ||||||
14 | and access to early intervention services;
| ||||||
15 | (2) to charge the Early Intervention Training Program, | ||||||
16 | in collaboration with experts and beneficiaries, to create | ||||||
17 | and execute a plan for designing and disseminating | ||||||
18 | affirmative outreach through multiple modalities to | ||||||
19 | primary referral services as defined by statute, | ||||||
20 | providers, and families;
| ||||||
21 | (3) to include explanations and provide examples in the | ||||||
22 | affirmative outreach plan about how the medical conditions | ||||||
23 | resulting in high probability of developmental delay and | ||||||
24 | at-risk of developmental delay categories do not require | ||||||
25 | the child to have any present delay;
| ||||||
26 | (4) to present to the General Assembly a report that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | includes the affirmative outreach plan and plans for | ||||||
2 | disseminating that information, including data on the | ||||||
3 | all-children-served eligibility category, services | ||||||
4 | provided, and information on race and geographic area to | ||||||
5 | the General Assembly no later than June 30, 2022;
| ||||||
6 | (5) to develop a plan for the State to launch early | ||||||
7 | intervention specialized teams that can address the | ||||||
8 | complex needs that families face; the General Assembly | ||||||
9 | urges recommendations for the plan to be developed by a | ||||||
10 | public-private early intervention specialized teams work | ||||||
11 | group and to include the participation of at least 2 Child | ||||||
12 | Family Connection Providers in an early intervention | ||||||
13 | specialized team pilot; this plan should build on work by | ||||||
14 | the Illinois Interagency Council on Early Intervention and | ||||||
15 | should specifically address modifications to billing and | ||||||
16 | other policies to support new teaming structure, budget | ||||||
17 | implications for pilot execution, corresponding | ||||||
18 | professional development opportunities for early | ||||||
19 | intervention providers, a prearranged mechanism to collect | ||||||
20 | feedback from both families and providers, a mechanism for | ||||||
21 | tracking outcomes, and ways to refine the approach for | ||||||
22 | scale; the General Assembly urges this plan to be developed | ||||||
23 | and launched by January 1, 2022; and
| ||||||
24 | (6) to work in a public-private partnership to | ||||||
25 | establish demonstration projects with at least 2 hospital | ||||||
26 | neo-natal intensive care departments, in-patient and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | out-patient, with the goal of better coordination and | ||||||
2 | timely connections to early intervention services; the | ||||||
3 | General Assembly encourages this implementation to be | ||||||
4 | underway no later than January 1, 2022.
| ||||||
5 | Article 150. | ||||||
6 | Section 150-20. The Illinois Workforce Investment Board | ||||||
7 | Act is amended by changing Section 4.5 as follows:
| ||||||
8 | (20 ILCS 3975/4.5)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 4.5. Duties.
| ||||||
10 | (a) The Board must perform all the functions of a state | ||||||
11 | workforce
innovation
board under
the federal Workforce
| ||||||
12 | Innovation and Opportunity Act, any amendments to that Act, and
| ||||||
13 | any
other applicable federal statutes. The Board must also | ||||||
14 | perform all other
functions that are
not inconsistent with the | ||||||
15 | federal Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act or this Act
| ||||||
16 | and that
are assumed by the Board under its bylaws or assigned | ||||||
17 | to it by the Governor.
| ||||||
18 | (b) The Board must cooperate with the General Assembly and | ||||||
19 | make
recommendations
to the
Governor and the General Assembly | ||||||
20 | concerning legislation necessary to improve
upon
statewide and | ||||||
21 | local workforce development systems in order to increase
| ||||||
22 | occupational skill
attainment, employment, retention, or | ||||||
23 | earnings of participants and thereby
improve the
quality of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | workforce, reduce welfare dependency, and enhance the
| ||||||
2 | productivity and
competitiveness of the State. The Board must | ||||||
3 | annually submit a report to the
General
Assembly on the | ||||||
4 | progress of the State in achieving state performance measures
| ||||||
5 | under the
federal Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act, | ||||||
6 | including information on the levels
of performance achieved by | ||||||
7 | the State with respect to the core indicators of
performance | ||||||
8 | and the customer satisfaction indicator
under that Act. The | ||||||
9 | report must include any other
items that
the Governor may be | ||||||
10 | required to report to the Secretary of the United States
| ||||||
11 | Department
of Labor.
| ||||||
12 | (b-5) The Board shall implement a method for measuring the | ||||||
13 | progress of the
State's workforce development system by using | ||||||
14 | benchmarks specified in the federal Workforce
Innovation and | ||||||
15 | Opportunity Act.
| ||||||
16 | The Board shall identify the most significant early
| ||||||
17 | indicators for each benchmark, establish a mechanism to collect | ||||||
18 | data and
track the benchmarks on an annual basis, and then use | ||||||
19 | the results to set goals
for each benchmark, to inform | ||||||
20 | planning, and to ensure the effective use of
State resources.
| ||||||
21 | (c) Nothing in this Act shall be construed to require or
| ||||||
22 | allow the
Board to assume or supersede the statutory authority | ||||||
23 | granted
to, or impose
any duties or requirements on, the State
| ||||||
24 | Board of Education, the Board of Higher Education, the Illinois | ||||||
25 | Community
College Board, any State agencies created under the | ||||||
26 | Civil Administrative Code
of Illinois, or any local education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agencies.
| ||||||
2 | (d) No actions taken by the Illinois Human Resource | ||||||
3 | Investment Council
before the effective date of this amendatory | ||||||
4 | Act of the 92nd General Assembly
and no rights, powers, duties, | ||||||
5 | or obligations from those actions are impaired
solely by this | ||||||
6 | amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly. All actions taken
| ||||||
7 | by the Illinois Human Resource Investment Council before the | ||||||
8 | effective date of
this amendatory Act of the 92nd General | ||||||
9 | Assembly are ratified and validated.
| ||||||
10 | (e) Upon the effective date of this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
11 | 101st General Assembly, the Board shall conduct a feasibility | ||||||
12 | study regarding the consolidation of all workforce development | ||||||
13 | programs funded by the federal Workforce Innovation and | ||||||
14 | Opportunity Act and conducted by the State of Illinois into one | ||||||
15 | solitary agency to create greater access to job training for | ||||||
16 | underserved populations. The Board shall utilize resources | ||||||
17 | currently made available to them, including, but not limited | ||||||
18 | to, partnering with institutions of higher education and those | ||||||
19 | agencies currently charged with overseeing or administering | ||||||
20 | workforce programs. The feasibility study shall: | ||||||
21 | (1) assess the impact of consolidation on access for | ||||||
22 | participants, including minority persons as defined in | ||||||
23 | Section 2 of the Business Enterprise for Minorities, Women, | ||||||
24 | and Persons with Disabilities Act, persons with limited | ||||||
25 | English proficiency, persons with disabilities, and youth, | ||||||
26 | and how consolidation would increase equitable access to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | workforce resources; | ||||||
2 | (2) assess the cost of consolidation and estimate any | ||||||
3 | long-term savings anticipated from the action; | ||||||
4 | (3) assess the impact of consolidation on agencies in | ||||||
5 | which the programs currently reside, including, but not | ||||||
6 | limited to, the Department of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
7 | Opportunity, the Department of Employment Security, the | ||||||
8 | Department of Human Services, the Community College Board, | ||||||
9 | the Board of Higher Education, the Department of | ||||||
10 | Corrections, the Department on Aging, the Department of | ||||||
11 | Veterans' Affairs, and the Department of Children and | ||||||
12 | Family Services; | ||||||
13 | (4) assess the impact of consolidation on State | ||||||
14 | government employees and union contracts; | ||||||
15 | (5) consider if the consolidation will provide avenues | ||||||
16 | to maximize federal funding; | ||||||
17 | (6) provide recommendations for the future structure | ||||||
18 | of workforce development programs, including a proposed | ||||||
19 | timeline for implementation; | ||||||
20 | (7) provide direction for implementation by July 1, | ||||||
21 | 2022 with regard to recommendations that do not require | ||||||
22 | legislative change; | ||||||
23 | (8) if legislative change is necessary, include | ||||||
24 | legislative language for consideration by the 102nd | ||||||
25 | General Assembly. | ||||||
26 | The Board shall submit its recommendations the Governor and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the General Assembly by May 1, 2021. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 100-477, eff. 9-8-17.)
| ||||||
3 | Article 155. | ||||||
4 | Section 155-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
5 | Section 21B-70 as follows:
| ||||||
6 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-70) | ||||||
7 | Sec. 21B-70. Illinois Teaching Excellence Program. | ||||||
8 | (a) As used in this Section: | ||||||
9 | "Diverse candidate" means a candidate who identifies with | ||||||
10 | any of the ethnicities reported on the Illinois Report Card | ||||||
11 | other than White. | ||||||
12 | "National Board certified teacher candidate cohort | ||||||
13 | facilitator" means a National Board certified teacher who | ||||||
14 | collaborates to advance the goal of supporting all other | ||||||
15 | candidate cohorts other than diverse candidate cohorts through | ||||||
16 | the Illinois National Board for Professional Teaching | ||||||
17 | Standards Comprehensive Support System. | ||||||
18 | "National Board certified teacher diverse candidate cohort | ||||||
19 | facilitator" means a National Board certified teacher who | ||||||
20 | collaborates to advance the goal of supporting racially and | ||||||
21 | ethnically diverse candidates through the Illinois National | ||||||
22 | Board for Professional Teaching Standards Comprehensive | ||||||
23 | Support System. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "National Board certified teacher diverse liaison" means | ||||||
2 | an individual or entity that supports the National Board | ||||||
3 | certified teacher leading a diverse candidate cohort. | ||||||
4 | "National Board certified teacher liaison" means an | ||||||
5 | individual or entity that supports the National Board certified | ||||||
6 | teacher leading candidate cohorts other than diverse candidate | ||||||
7 | cohorts. | ||||||
8 | "National Board certified teacher rural or remote or | ||||||
9 | distant candidate cohort facilitator" means a National Board | ||||||
10 | certified teacher who collaborates to advance the goal of | ||||||
11 | supporting rural or remote candidates through the Illinois | ||||||
12 | National Board for Professional Teaching Standards | ||||||
13 | Comprehensive Support System. | ||||||
14 | "National Board certified teacher rural or remote or | ||||||
15 | distant liaison" means an individual or entity that who | ||||||
16 | supports the National Board certified teacher leading a rural | ||||||
17 | or remote candidate cohort. | ||||||
18 | "Qualified educator" means a teacher or school counselor | ||||||
19 | currently employed in a school district who is in the process | ||||||
20 | of obtaining certification through the National Board for | ||||||
21 | Professional Teaching Standards or who has completed | ||||||
22 | certification and holds a current Professional Educator | ||||||
23 | License with a National Board for Professional Teaching | ||||||
24 | Standards designation or a retired teacher or school counselor | ||||||
25 | who holds a Professional Educator License with a National Board | ||||||
26 | for Professional Teaching Standards designation. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Rural or remote" or "rural or remote or distant" means | ||||||
2 | local codes 32, 33, 41, 42, and 43 of the New Urban-Centric | ||||||
3 | Locale Codes, as defined by the National Center for Education | ||||||
4 | Statistics. | ||||||
5 | "Tier 1" has the meaning given to that term under Section | ||||||
6 | 18-8.15. | ||||||
7 | "Tier 2" has the meaning given to that term under Section | ||||||
8 | 18-8.15. | ||||||
9 | (b) Any funds appropriated for the Illinois Teaching | ||||||
10 | Excellence Program must be used to provide monetary assistance | ||||||
11 | and incentives for qualified educators who are employed by or | ||||||
12 | retired from school districts and who have or are in the | ||||||
13 | process of obtaining licensure through the National Board for | ||||||
14 | Professional Teaching Standards. The goal of the program is to | ||||||
15 | improve instruction and student performance. | ||||||
16 | The State Board of Education shall allocate an amount as | ||||||
17 | annually appropriated by the General Assembly for the Illinois | ||||||
18 | Teaching Excellence Program for (i) application or re-take fees | ||||||
19 | for each qualified educator seeking to complete certification | ||||||
20 | through the National Board for Professional Teaching | ||||||
21 | Standards, to be paid directly to the National Board for | ||||||
22 | Professional Teaching Standards, and (ii) incentives under | ||||||
23 | paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (c) for each | ||||||
24 | qualified educator, to be distributed to the respective school | ||||||
25 | district, and incentives under paragraph (5) of subsection (c), | ||||||
26 | to be distributed to the respective school district or directly |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to the qualified educator. The school district shall distribute | ||||||
2 | this payment to each eligible teacher or school counselor as a | ||||||
3 | single payment. | ||||||
4 | The State Board of Education's annual budget must set out | ||||||
5 | by separate line item the appropriation for the program. Unless | ||||||
6 | otherwise provided by appropriation, qualified educators are | ||||||
7 | eligible for monetary assistance and incentives outlined in | ||||||
8 | subsections (c) and (d) of this Section. | ||||||
9 | (c) When there are adequate funds available, monetary | ||||||
10 | assistance and incentives shall include the following: | ||||||
11 | (1) A maximum of $2,000 towards the application or | ||||||
12 | re-take fee for teachers or school counselors in a Tier 1 | ||||||
13 | school district who apply on a first-come, first-serve | ||||||
14 | basis for National Board certification. | ||||||
15 | (2) A maximum of $2,000 towards the application or | ||||||
16 | re-take fee for teachers or school counselors in a school | ||||||
17 | district other than a Tier 1 school district who apply on a | ||||||
18 | first-come, first-serve basis for National Board | ||||||
19 | certification. | ||||||
20 | (3) A maximum of $1,000 towards the National Board for | ||||||
21 | Professional Teaching Standards' renewal application fee. | ||||||
22 | (4) (Blank). | ||||||
23 | (5) An annual incentive of no more than equal to $1,500 | ||||||
24 | prorated at $50 per hour , which shall be paid to each | ||||||
25 | qualified educator currently employed in a school district | ||||||
26 | who holds both a National Board for Professional Teaching |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Standards designation and a current corresponding | ||||||
2 | certificate issued by the National Board for Professional | ||||||
3 | Teaching Standards and who agrees, in writing, to provide | ||||||
4 | up to at least 30 hours of mentoring or National Board for | ||||||
5 | Professional Teaching Standards professional development | ||||||
6 | or both during the school year to classroom teachers or | ||||||
7 | school counselors, as applicable. Funds must be disbursed | ||||||
8 | on a first-come, first-serve basis, with priority given to | ||||||
9 | Tier 1 school districts. Mentoring shall include, either | ||||||
10 | singly or in combination, the following: | ||||||
11 | (A) National Board for Professional Teaching | ||||||
12 | Standards certification candidates. | ||||||
13 | (B) National Board for Professional Teaching | ||||||
14 | Standards re-take candidates. | ||||||
15 | (C) National Board for Professional Teaching | ||||||
16 | Standards renewal candidates. | ||||||
17 | (D) (Blank).
| ||||||
18 | Funds may also be used for instructional leadership | ||||||
19 | training for qualified educators interested in supporting | ||||||
20 | implementation of the Illinois Learning Standards or teaching | ||||||
21 | and learning priorities of the State Board of Education or | ||||||
22 | both. | ||||||
23 | (d) In addition to the monetary assistance and incentives | ||||||
24 | provided under subsection (c), if adequate funds are available, | ||||||
25 | incentives shall include the following incentives for the | ||||||
26 | program in rural or remote schools or school districts or for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | programs working with diverse candidates , to be distributed to | ||||||
2 | the respective school district or directly to the qualified | ||||||
3 | educator or entity : | ||||||
4 | (1) A one-time incentive of $3,000 payable to National | ||||||
5 | Board certified teachers teaching in Tier 1 or Tier 2 rural | ||||||
6 | or remote school districts or rural or remote schools in | ||||||
7 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 school districts, with priority given to | ||||||
8 | teachers teaching in Tier 1 rural or remote school | ||||||
9 | districts or rural or remote schools in Tier 1 school | ||||||
10 | districts . | ||||||
11 | (2) An annual incentive of $3,200 for National Board | ||||||
12 | certified teacher rural or remote or distant candidate | ||||||
13 | cohort facilitators , diverse candidate cohort | ||||||
14 | facilitators, and candidate cohort facilitators. Priority | ||||||
15 | shall be given to rural or remote candidate cohort | ||||||
16 | facilitators and diverse candidate cohort facilitators . | ||||||
17 | (3) An annual incentive of $2,500 for National Board | ||||||
18 | certified teacher rural or remote or distant liaisons , | ||||||
19 | diverse liaisons, and liaisons. Priority shall be given to | ||||||
20 | rural or remote liaisons and diverse liaisons . | ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 100-201, eff. 8-18-17; 101-333, eff. 1-1-20 .)
| ||||||
22 | Article 999. |